Mercurial > vim
annotate src/edit.c @ 2378:85b7dc8da5eb vim73
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
concealed or not.
Rename 'conc' to 'cole' as the short name for 'conceallevel'.
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Fri, 23 Jul 2010 22:10:27 +0200 |
| parents | 8878a9f8db87 |
| children | 0ca06a92adfb |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode | |
| 12 */ | |
| 13 | |
| 14 #include "vim.h" | |
| 15 | |
| 16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 17 /* | |
| 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode | |
| 19 */ | |
| 20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 | |
| 21 | |
| 22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 | |
| 23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 | |
| 24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 | |
| 25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4 | |
| 26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 | |
| 30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 | |
| 12 | 33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 |
| 523 | 34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 |
| 477 | 35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 |
| 36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ | |
| 7 | 37 |
| 38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] | |
| 39 | |
| 40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = | |
| 41 { | |
| 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ | |
| 819 | 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), |
| 449 | 44 NULL, |
| 7 | 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), |
| 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), | |
| 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), | |
| 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), | |
| 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), | |
| 50 NULL, | |
| 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), | |
| 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), | |
| 12 | 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), |
| 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), | |
| 523 | 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), |
| 819 | 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), |
| 449 | 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), |
| 7 | 58 }; |
| 59 | |
| 1869 | 60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); |
| 7 | 61 |
| 62 /* | |
| 63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. | |
| 64 */ | |
| 681 | 65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T; |
| 66 struct compl_S | |
| 7 | 67 { |
| 464 | 68 compl_T *cp_next; |
| 69 compl_T *cp_prev; | |
| 70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ | |
| 681 | 71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ |
| 786 | 72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ |
| 659 | 73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when |
| 74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ | |
| 464 | 75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ |
| 76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ | |
| 7 | 77 }; |
| 78 | |
| 464 | 79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ |
| 7 | 80 #define FREE_FNAME (2) |
| 81 | |
| 82 /* | |
| 83 * All the current matches are stored in a list. | |
| 449 | 84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. |
| 85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. | |
| 86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during | |
| 87 * ins_compl_get_exp(). | |
| 7 | 88 */ |
| 464 | 89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; |
| 90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; | |
| 449 | 92 |
| 825 | 93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, |
| 94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ | |
| 95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 96 | |
| 657 | 97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string |
| 98 * are used. */ | |
| 99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 100 | |
| 665 | 101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string |
| 102 in compl_leader */ | |
| 103 | |
| 657 | 104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When |
| 105 FALSE the match was edited or using | |
| 106 the longest common string. */ | |
| 107 | |
| 874 | 108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding |
| 109 completions. */ | |
| 110 | |
| 111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ | |
| 112 | |
| 449 | 113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's |
| 114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ | |
| 644 | 115 static int compl_started = FALSE; |
| 449 | 116 |
| 1927 | 117 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, |
| 118 * which is not allowed. */ | |
| 119 static int compl_busy = FALSE; | |
| 120 | |
| 464 | 121 static int compl_matches = 0; |
| 122 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 123 static int compl_direction = FORWARD; | |
| 124 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; | |
| 716 | 125 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ |
| 464 | 126 static pos_T compl_startpos; |
| 127 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts | |
| 128 * that is being completed */ | |
| 129 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before | |
| 130 * completion started */ | |
| 131 static int compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 132 static expand_T compl_xp; | |
| 449 | 133 |
| 134 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); | |
| 135 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); | |
| 1430 | 136 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); |
| 944 | 137 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); |
| 681 | 138 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 665 | 139 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); |
| 681 | 140 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); |
| 7 | 141 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 142 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); |
| 143 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); | |
| 648 | 144 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); |
| 707 | 145 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); |
| 659 | 146 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); |
| 703 | 147 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); |
| 667 | 148 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); |
| 7 | 149 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); |
| 150 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); | |
| 657 | 151 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 152 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); |
| 657 | 153 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1782 | 154 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); |
| 874 | 155 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); |
| 694 | 156 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); |
| 659 | 157 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); |
| 540 | 158 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 159 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); |
| 724 | 160 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 161 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); | |
| 162 #endif | |
| 659 | 163 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); |
| 7 | 164 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); |
| 165 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); | |
| 665 | 166 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); |
| 610 | 167 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); |
| 644 | 168 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); |
| 610 | 169 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); |
| 681 | 170 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); |
| 7 | 171 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); |
| 1872 | 172 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); |
| 7 | 173 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ |
| 174 | |
| 175 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 | |
| 176 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 | |
| 177 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 | |
| 178 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 | |
| 179 | |
| 661 | 180 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); |
| 7 | 181 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); |
| 182 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); | |
| 183 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); | |
| 2004 | 184 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); |
| 7 | 185 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); |
| 186 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 187 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); | |
| 744 | 188 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 189 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); |
| 484 | 190 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); |
| 497 | 191 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ |
| 221 | 192 #endif |
| 7 | 193 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); |
| 194 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); | |
| 840 | 195 #if 0 |
| 7 | 196 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c)); |
| 840 | 197 #endif |
| 7 | 198 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); |
| 199 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); | |
| 200 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); | |
| 201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 202 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); | |
| 203 #endif | |
| 204 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); | |
| 1782 | 205 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); |
| 206 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); | |
| 7 | 207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 208 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); | |
| 209 #endif | |
| 210 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); | |
| 211 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); | |
| 449 | 212 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); |
| 477 | 213 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); |
| 7 | 214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 215 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); | |
| 216 #endif | |
| 217 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 218 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 219 #endif | |
| 449 | 220 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); |
| 221 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7 | 222 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); |
| 223 static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); | |
| 224 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); | |
| 225 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 226 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 227 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up)); | |
| 228 #endif | |
| 692 | 229 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 230 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 231 #endif | |
| 7 | 232 static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); |
| 233 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 234 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 235 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); | |
| 236 static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 237 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); | |
| 238 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 239 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); | |
| 240 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); | |
| 241 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); | |
| 242 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 243 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); | |
| 244 #endif | |
| 245 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); | |
| 246 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 247 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 248 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); | |
| 249 #endif | |
| 250 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 449 | 251 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); |
| 7 | 252 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 253 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); | |
| 254 #endif | |
| 255 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); | |
| 256 | |
| 257 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ | |
| 258 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ | |
| 259 | |
| 260 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, | |
| 261 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ | |
| 262 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ | |
| 263 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ | |
| 603 | 264 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ |
| 7 | 265 |
| 266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 267 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ | |
| 268 #endif | |
| 269 | |
| 270 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ | |
| 271 | |
| 272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 298 | 273 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ |
| 274 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ | |
| 275 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ | |
| 276 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ | |
| 7 | 277 #endif |
| 278 | |
| 279 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a | |
| 280 char. Set when edit() is called. | |
| 281 after that arrow_used is used. */ | |
| 282 | |
| 283 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space | |
| 284 under the cursor */ | |
| 285 | |
| 286 /* | |
| 287 * edit(): Start inserting text. | |
| 288 * | |
| 289 * "cmdchar" can be: | |
| 290 * 'i' normal insert command | |
| 291 * 'a' normal append command | |
| 292 * 'R' replace command | |
| 293 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, | |
| 294 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. | |
| 295 * 'g' "gI" command. | |
| 296 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 297 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. | |
| 298 * | |
| 299 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns | |
| 300 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. | |
| 301 * | |
| 302 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). | |
| 303 */ | |
| 304 int | |
| 305 edit(cmdchar, startln, count) | |
| 306 int cmdchar; | |
| 307 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ | |
| 308 long count; | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 int c = 0; | |
| 311 char_u *ptr; | |
| 312 int lastc; | |
| 1869 | 313 int mincol; |
| 7 | 314 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; |
| 315 int i; | |
| 316 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ | |
| 317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 318 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ | |
| 319 #endif | |
| 320 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ | |
| 321 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 322 int old_topfill = -1; | |
| 323 #endif | |
| 324 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ | |
| 325 int replaceState = REPLACE; | |
| 477 | 326 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ |
| 7 | 327 |
| 603 | 328 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ |
| 329 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; | |
| 330 | |
| 7 | 331 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an |
| 332 * error message */ | |
| 333 check_for_delay(TRUE); | |
| 334 | |
| 335 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
| 336 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ | |
| 337 if (sandbox != 0) | |
| 338 { | |
| 339 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
| 340 return FALSE; | |
| 341 } | |
| 342 #endif | |
| 632 | 343 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The |
| 344 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ | |
| 634 | 345 if (textlock != 0) |
| 632 | 346 { |
| 347 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 348 return FALSE; | |
| 349 } | |
| 7 | 350 |
| 351 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 844 | 352 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ |
| 1927 | 353 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) |
| 844 | 354 { |
| 355 EMSG(_(e_secure)); | |
| 356 return FALSE; | |
| 357 } | |
| 7 | 358 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ |
| 359 #endif | |
| 360 | |
| 11 | 361 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 362 /* | |
| 363 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". | |
| 364 */ | |
| 365 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 366 { | |
| 532 | 367 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 11 | 368 if (cmdchar == 'R') |
| 369 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; | |
| 370 else if (cmdchar == 'V') | |
| 371 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; | |
| 372 else | |
| 373 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; | |
| 374 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); | |
| 532 | 375 # endif |
| 11 | 376 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 377 } | |
| 378 #endif | |
| 379 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
380 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
381 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
382 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
383 conceal_check_cursur_line_redraw(); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
384 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
385 |
| 7 | 386 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE |
| 387 /* | |
| 388 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to | |
| 389 * where the paste started. | |
| 390 */ | |
| 391 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) | |
| 392 Insstart = where_paste_started; | |
| 393 else | |
| 394 #endif | |
| 395 { | |
| 396 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 397 if (startln) | |
| 398 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 399 } | |
| 1869 | 400 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 401 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; |
| 402 if (!did_ai) | |
| 403 ai_col = 0; | |
| 404 | |
| 405 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) | |
| 406 { | |
| 407 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 408 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); | |
| 409 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 410 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 411 { | |
| 412 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ | |
| 413 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); | |
| 414 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); | |
| 415 } | |
| 416 else | |
| 417 #endif | |
| 418 { | |
| 419 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); | |
| 420 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ | |
| 421 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); | |
| 422 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */ | |
| 423 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ | |
| 424 } | |
| 425 } | |
| 426 | |
| 427 if (cmdchar == 'R') | |
| 428 { | |
| 429 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 430 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 431 { | |
| 432 beep_flush(); | |
| 433 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 434 State = INSERT; | |
| 435 } | |
| 436 else | |
| 437 #endif | |
| 438 State = REPLACE; | |
| 439 } | |
| 440 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 441 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 442 { | |
| 443 State = VREPLACE; | |
| 444 replaceState = VREPLACE; | |
| 445 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 446 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 447 } | |
| 448 #endif | |
| 449 else | |
| 450 State = INSERT; | |
| 451 | |
| 452 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; | |
| 453 | |
| 454 /* | |
| 455 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is | |
| 456 * on a TAB or special character. | |
| 457 */ | |
| 458 curs_columns(TRUE); | |
| 459 | |
| 460 /* | |
| 461 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. | |
| 462 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the | |
| 463 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated | |
| 464 * when hitting <Esc>. | |
| 465 */ | |
| 466 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 467 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 468 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 469 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); | |
| 470 #endif | |
| 471 | |
| 472 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 473 setmouse(); | |
| 474 #endif | |
| 475 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 476 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 477 #endif | |
| 478 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 479 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ | |
| 480 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 481 if (revins_on) | |
| 482 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 483 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 484 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 485 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 486 #endif | |
| 487 | |
| 488 /* | |
| 489 * Handle restarting Insert mode. | |
| 490 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with | |
| 491 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. | |
| 492 */ | |
| 493 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) | |
| 494 { | |
| 495 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 496 /* | |
| 497 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for | |
| 498 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. | |
| 499 */ | |
| 500 if (where_paste_started.lnum) | |
| 501 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 502 else | |
| 503 #endif | |
| 504 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 505 restart_edit = 0; | |
| 506 | |
| 507 /* | |
| 508 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is | |
| 509 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not | |
| 510 * correct in very rare cases). | |
| 511 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual | |
| 512 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". | |
| 513 */ | |
| 514 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 515 update_curswant(); | |
| 230 | 516 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) |
| 7 | 517 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) |
| 518 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) | |
| 519 { | |
| 520 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 521 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 522 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 523 else if (has_mbyte) | |
| 524 { | |
| 474 | 525 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 526 if (ptr[i] == NUL) |
| 527 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; | |
| 528 } | |
| 529 #endif | |
| 530 } | |
| 230 | 531 ins_at_eol = FALSE; |
| 7 | 532 } |
| 533 else | |
| 534 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 535 | |
| 536 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ | |
| 537 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; | |
| 538 | |
| 539 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ | |
| 540 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 541 | |
| 542 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 543 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; | |
| 544 #endif | |
| 545 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 546 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 547 #endif | |
| 548 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 549 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or | |
| 550 * restarting. */ | |
| 551 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 552 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 553 #endif | |
| 554 | |
| 555 /* | |
| 556 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. | |
| 557 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before | |
| 558 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. | |
| 559 */ | |
| 560 i = 0; | |
| 644 | 561 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 7 | 562 i = showmode(); |
| 563 | |
| 564 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) | |
| 1473 | 565 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); |
| 7 | 566 |
| 567 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 568 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 569 #endif | |
| 570 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 571 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 572 #endif | |
| 573 | |
| 603 | 574 /* |
| 575 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be | |
| 576 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. | |
| 577 */ | |
| 7 | 578 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 579 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 580 new_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 581 else | |
| 582 { | |
| 583 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 584 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 585 } | |
| 586 | |
| 587 old_indent = 0; | |
| 588 | |
| 589 /* | |
| 590 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. | |
| 591 */ | |
| 592 for (;;) | |
| 593 { | |
| 594 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 595 if (!revins_legal) | |
| 596 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ | |
| 597 else | |
| 598 revins_legal = 0; | |
| 599 #endif | |
| 600 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ | |
| 601 count = 0; | |
| 602 | |
| 603 if (stop_insert_mode) | |
| 604 { | |
| 605 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ | |
| 606 count = 0; | |
| 607 goto doESCkey; | |
| 608 } | |
| 609 | |
| 610 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ | |
| 611 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 612 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 613 | |
| 614 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a | |
| 615 * menu invoked a shell command). */ | |
| 616 if (stuff_empty()) | |
| 617 { | |
| 618 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
| 619 if (need_check_timestamps) | |
| 620 check_timestamps(FALSE); | |
| 621 } | |
| 622 | |
| 623 /* | |
| 624 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. | |
| 625 */ | |
| 626 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 627 | |
| 628 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 629 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to | |
| 630 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an | |
| 631 * autocommand. */ | |
| 632 if (need_mouse_correct) | |
| 633 gui_mouse_correct(); | |
| 634 #endif | |
| 635 | |
| 636 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 637 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ | |
| 638 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) | |
| 639 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 640 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ | |
| 641 if (!char_avail()) | |
| 642 foldCheckClose(); | |
| 643 #endif | |
| 644 | |
| 645 /* | |
| 646 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in | |
| 647 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra | |
| 648 * redraw. | |
| 649 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting | |
| 650 * something. | |
| 651 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has | |
| 652 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). | |
| 653 */ | |
| 654 if (curbuf->b_mod_set | |
| 655 && curwin->w_p_wrap | |
| 656 && !did_backspace | |
| 657 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline | |
| 658 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 659 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill | |
| 660 #endif | |
| 661 ) | |
| 662 { | |
| 663 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 664 validate_cursor_col(); | |
| 665 | |
| 1869 | 666 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts |
| 7 | 667 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) |
| 668 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so | |
| 669 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline | |
| 670 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 671 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 | |
| 672 #endif | |
| 673 )) | |
| 674 { | |
| 675 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 676 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) | |
| 677 --curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 678 else | |
| 679 #endif | |
| 680 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 681 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) | |
| 682 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); | |
| 683 else | |
| 684 #endif | |
| 685 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); | |
| 686 } | |
| 687 } | |
| 688 | |
| 689 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ | |
| 690 update_topline(); | |
| 691 | |
| 692 did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 693 | |
| 694 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ | |
| 695 | |
| 696 /* | |
| 697 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. | |
| 698 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. | |
| 699 */ | |
| 661 | 700 ins_redraw(TRUE); |
| 7 | 701 |
| 702 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
| 703 if (curwin->w_p_scb) | |
| 704 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); | |
| 705 #endif | |
| 706 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
707 #ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
708 if (curwin->w_p_crb) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
709 do_check_cursorbind(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
710 #endif |
| 7 | 711 update_curswant(); |
| 712 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 713 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 714 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 715 #endif | |
| 716 | |
| 717 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 718 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 719 #endif | |
| 720 | |
| 721 /* | |
| 1526 | 722 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. |
| 7 | 723 */ |
| 724 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ | |
| 1526 | 725 do |
| 726 { | |
| 727 c = safe_vgetc(); | |
| 728 } while (c == K_IGNORE); | |
| 7 | 729 |
| 978 | 730 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 731 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ | |
| 732 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 733 #endif | |
| 734 | |
| 7 | 735 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 736 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 737 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 738 #endif | |
| 739 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 740 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 741 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 742 #endif | |
| 743 | |
| 744 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 659 | 745 /* |
| 746 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted | |
| 897 | 747 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is |
| 748 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. | |
| 659 | 749 */ |
| 897 | 750 if (compl_started |
| 751 && pum_wanted() | |
| 752 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col | |
| 753 && (compl_shown_match == NULL | |
| 754 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) | |
| 659 | 755 { |
| 756 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ | |
| 757 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) | |
| 836 | 758 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col |
| 759 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) | |
| 657 | 760 continue; |
| 761 | |
| 659 | 762 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ |
| 763 if (!compl_used_match) | |
| 657 | 764 { |
| 659 | 765 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to |
| 836 | 766 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and |
| 767 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ | |
| 768 if (c == Ctrl_L | |
| 769 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE | |
| 1872 | 770 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) |
| 836 | 771 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) |
| 659 | 772 { |
| 773 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); | |
| 774 continue; | |
| 775 } | |
| 776 | |
| 1430 | 777 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current |
| 778 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ | |
| 779 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) | |
| 659 | 780 { |
| 781 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 782 continue; | |
| 783 } | |
| 665 | 784 |
| 887 | 785 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When |
| 825 | 786 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ |
| 787 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 788 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 665 | 789 { |
| 790 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 791 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 792 } | |
| 657 | 793 } |
| 794 } | |
| 795 | |
| 7 | 796 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but |
| 797 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ | |
| 665 | 798 compl_get_longest = FALSE; |
| 1526 | 799 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) |
| 657 | 800 continue; |
| 7 | 801 #endif |
| 802 | |
| 477 | 803 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, |
| 804 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', | |
| 805 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ | |
| 7 | 806 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) |
| 807 { | |
| 808 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 809 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 810 ++no_mapping; |
| 811 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 812 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 813 --no_mapping; |
| 814 --allow_keys; | |
| 477 | 815 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) |
| 7 | 816 { |
| 477 | 817 /* it's something else */ |
| 7 | 818 vungetc(c); |
| 819 c = Ctrl_BSL; | |
| 820 } | |
| 821 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) | |
| 822 continue; | |
| 823 else | |
| 824 { | |
| 477 | 825 if (c == Ctrl_O) |
| 826 { | |
| 827 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 828 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ | |
| 829 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 830 } | |
| 7 | 831 count = 0; |
| 832 goto doESCkey; | |
| 833 } | |
| 834 } | |
| 835 | |
| 836 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 837 c = do_digraph(c); | |
| 838 #endif | |
| 839 | |
| 840 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 841 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 842 goto docomplete; | |
| 843 #endif | |
| 844 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) | |
| 845 { | |
| 846 ins_ctrl_v(); | |
| 847 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ | |
| 848 continue; | |
| 849 } | |
| 850 | |
| 851 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 852 if (cindent_on() | |
| 853 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 854 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 855 # endif | |
| 856 ) | |
| 857 { | |
| 858 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be | |
| 859 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. | |
| 860 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be | |
| 861 * done before inserting the key. */ | |
| 862 line_is_white = inindent(0); | |
| 863 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) | |
| 864 goto force_cindent; | |
| 865 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) | |
| 866 && stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 867 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 868 } | |
| 869 #endif | |
| 870 | |
| 871 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 872 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 873 switch (c) | |
| 874 { | |
| 875 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; | |
| 876 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; | |
| 877 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; | |
| 878 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; | |
| 879 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; | |
| 880 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; | |
| 881 } | |
| 882 #endif | |
| 883 | |
| 884 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 885 /* | |
| 886 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it | |
| 887 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these | |
| 888 * characters. | |
| 889 */ | |
| 890 if (ins_start_select(c)) | |
| 891 continue; | |
| 892 #endif | |
| 893 | |
| 894 /* | |
| 895 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. | |
| 896 */ | |
| 897 switch (c) | |
| 898 { | |
| 449 | 899 case ESC: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 900 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) |
| 901 break; | |
| 902 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 903 | |
| 449 | 904 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ |
| 7 | 905 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN |
| 906 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 907 { | |
| 908 /* Close the cmdline window. */ | |
| 909 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; | |
| 910 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ | |
| 929 | 911 nomove = TRUE; |
| 7 | 912 goto doESCkey; |
| 913 } | |
| 914 #endif | |
| 915 | |
| 916 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 917 do_intr: | |
| 918 #endif | |
| 919 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave | |
| 920 * Insert mode */ | |
| 921 if (goto_im()) | |
| 922 { | |
| 923 if (got_int) | |
| 924 { | |
| 925 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ | |
| 926 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 927 } | |
| 928 else | |
| 929 vim_beep(); | |
| 930 break; | |
| 931 } | |
| 932 doESCkey: | |
| 933 /* | |
| 934 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! | |
| 935 */ | |
| 936 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line | |
| 937 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ | |
| 230 | 938 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) |
| 7 | 939 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 940 | |
| 477 | 941 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) |
| 11 | 942 { |
| 943 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 944 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 945 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, | |
| 946 FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 993 | 947 did_cursorhold = FALSE; |
| 11 | 948 #endif |
| 7 | 949 return (c == Ctrl_O); |
| 11 | 950 } |
| 7 | 951 continue; |
| 952 | |
| 449 | 953 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ |
| 954 if (!p_im) | |
| 955 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ | |
| 956 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); | |
| 957 c = Ctrl_O; | |
| 958 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ | |
| 959 | |
| 960 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ | |
| 502 | 961 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 523 | 962 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 449 | 963 goto docomplete; |
| 964 #endif | |
| 965 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 966 break; | |
| 967 ins_ctrl_o(); | |
| 853 | 968 |
| 969 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 970 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ | |
| 971 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) | |
| 972 { | |
| 973 ins_at_eol = FALSE; | |
| 974 nomove = TRUE; | |
| 975 } | |
| 976 #endif | |
| 449 | 977 count = 0; |
| 978 goto doESCkey; | |
| 979 | |
| 464 | 980 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ |
| 981 case K_KINS: | |
| 982 ins_insert(replaceState); | |
| 983 break; | |
| 984 | |
| 985 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ | |
| 986 break; | |
| 987 | |
| 449 | 988 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF |
| 989 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ | |
| 990 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); | |
| 991 goto doESCkey; | |
| 992 #endif | |
| 993 | |
| 994 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ | |
| 995 case K_F1: | |
| 996 case K_XF1: | |
| 997 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); | |
| 998 if (p_im) | |
| 999 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
| 1000 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1001 | |
| 1002 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 1003 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ | |
| 1004 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 1389 | 1005 i = plain_vgetc(); |
| 449 | 1006 --no_mapping; |
| 1007 netbeans_keycommand(i); | |
| 1008 break; | |
| 1009 #endif | |
| 1010 | |
| 1011 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ | |
| 7 | 1012 case NUL: |
| 1013 case Ctrl_A: | |
| 449 | 1014 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an |
| 1015 * error. */ | |
| 7 | 1016 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL |
| 1017 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) | |
| 1018 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ | |
| 1019 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1020 break; | |
| 1021 | |
| 449 | 1022 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ |
| 7 | 1023 ins_reg(); |
| 1024 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1025 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1026 break; | |
| 1027 | |
| 449 | 1028 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ |
| 7 | 1029 ins_ctrl_g(); |
| 1030 break; | |
| 1031 | |
| 449 | 1032 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ |
| 1033 ins_ctrl_hat(); | |
| 7 | 1034 break; |
| 1035 | |
| 1036 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 449 | 1037 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ |
| 7 | 1038 if (!p_ari) |
| 1039 goto normalchar; | |
| 1040 ins_ctrl_(); | |
| 1041 break; | |
| 1042 #endif | |
| 1043 | |
| 449 | 1044 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ |
| 7 | 1045 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1046 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 1047 goto docomplete; | |
| 1048 #endif | |
| 1049 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1050 | |
| 449 | 1051 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ |
| 7 | 1052 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1053 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 1054 { | |
| 449 | 1055 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) |
| 1056 goto docomplete; | |
| 1057 break; | |
| 7 | 1058 } |
| 1059 # endif | |
| 1060 ins_shift(c, lastc); | |
| 1061 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1062 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1063 break; | |
| 1064 | |
| 449 | 1065 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1066 case K_KDEL: |
| 1067 ins_del(); | |
| 1068 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1069 break; | |
| 1070 | |
| 449 | 1071 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1072 case Ctrl_H: |
| 1073 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); | |
| 1074 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1075 break; | |
| 1076 | |
| 449 | 1077 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ |
| 7 | 1078 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); |
| 1079 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1080 break; | |
| 1081 | |
| 449 | 1082 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ |
| 12 | 1083 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 1084 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ | |
| 449 | 1085 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) |
| 12 | 1086 goto docomplete; |
| 1087 # endif | |
| 7 | 1088 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); |
| 1089 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1090 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1091 break; | |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 449 | 1094 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ |
| 7 | 1095 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: |
| 1096 case K_LEFTDRAG: | |
| 1097 case K_LEFTRELEASE: | |
| 1098 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: | |
| 1099 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: | |
| 1100 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: | |
| 1101 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: | |
| 1102 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: | |
| 1103 case K_RIGHTDRAG: | |
| 1104 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: | |
| 1105 case K_X1MOUSE: | |
| 1106 case K_X1DRAG: | |
| 1107 case K_X1RELEASE: | |
| 1108 case K_X2MOUSE: | |
| 1109 case K_X2DRAG: | |
| 1110 case K_X2RELEASE: | |
| 1111 ins_mouse(c); | |
| 1112 break; | |
| 1113 | |
| 449 | 1114 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ |
| 7 | 1115 ins_mousescroll(FALSE); |
| 1116 break; | |
| 1117 | |
| 449 | 1118 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ |
| 7 | 1119 ins_mousescroll(TRUE); |
| 1120 break; | |
| 1121 #endif | |
| 692 | 1122 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 1123 case K_TABLINE: | |
| 1124 case K_TABMENU: | |
| 1125 ins_tabline(c); | |
| 1126 break; | |
| 1127 #endif | |
| 7 | 1128 |
| 449 | 1129 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ |
| 7 | 1130 break; |
| 1131 | |
| 661 | 1132 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1133 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ | |
| 1134 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
| 1135 did_cursorhold = TRUE; | |
| 1136 break; | |
| 1137 #endif | |
| 1138 | |
| 625 | 1139 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 |
| 1140 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was | |
| 1141 * cancelled. */ | |
| 1142 case K_F4: | |
| 1143 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) | |
| 1144 goto normalchar; | |
| 1145 break; | |
| 1146 #endif | |
| 1147 | |
| 7 | 1148 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 1149 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1150 ins_scroll(); | |
| 1151 break; | |
| 1152 | |
| 1153 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: | |
| 1154 ins_horscroll(); | |
| 1155 break; | |
| 1156 #endif | |
| 1157 | |
| 449 | 1158 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ |
| 7 | 1159 case K_KHOME: |
| 1160 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 1161 case K_C_HOME: | |
| 1162 ins_home(c); | |
| 1163 break; | |
| 1164 | |
| 449 | 1165 case K_END: /* <End> */ |
| 7 | 1166 case K_KEND: |
| 1167 case K_S_END: | |
| 1168 case K_C_END: | |
| 1169 ins_end(c); | |
| 1170 break; | |
| 1171 | |
| 449 | 1172 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ |
| 180 | 1173 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1174 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1175 else | |
| 1176 ins_left(); | |
| 7 | 1177 break; |
| 1178 | |
| 449 | 1179 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ |
| 7 | 1180 case K_C_LEFT: |
| 1181 ins_s_left(); | |
| 1182 break; | |
| 1183 | |
| 449 | 1184 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ |
| 180 | 1185 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) |
| 1186 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1187 else | |
| 1188 ins_right(); | |
| 7 | 1189 break; |
| 1190 | |
| 449 | 1191 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ |
| 7 | 1192 case K_C_RIGHT: |
| 1193 ins_s_right(); | |
| 1194 break; | |
| 1195 | |
| 449 | 1196 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ |
| 665 | 1197 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1198 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1199 goto docomplete; | |
| 1200 #endif | |
| 180 | 1201 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1202 ins_pageup(); | |
| 1203 else | |
| 1204 ins_up(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1205 break; |
| 1206 | |
| 449 | 1207 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ |
| 7 | 1208 case K_PAGEUP: |
| 1209 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 613 | 1210 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1211 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1212 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1213 #endif |
| 7 | 1214 ins_pageup(); |
| 1215 break; | |
| 1216 | |
| 449 | 1217 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ |
| 665 | 1218 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1219 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 1220 goto docomplete; | |
| 1221 #endif | |
| 180 | 1222 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 1223 ins_pagedown(); | |
| 1224 else | |
| 1225 ins_down(FALSE); | |
| 7 | 1226 break; |
| 1227 | |
| 449 | 1228 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ |
| 7 | 1229 case K_PAGEDOWN: |
| 1230 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 613 | 1231 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 610 | 1232 if (pum_visible()) |
| 1233 goto docomplete; | |
| 613 | 1234 #endif |
| 7 | 1235 ins_pagedown(); |
| 1236 break; | |
| 1237 | |
| 1238 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 449 | 1239 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ |
| 7 | 1240 ins_drop(); |
| 1241 break; | |
| 1242 #endif | |
| 1243 | |
| 449 | 1244 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ |
| 7 | 1245 c = TAB; |
| 1246 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1247 | |
| 449 | 1248 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ |
| 7 | 1249 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) |
| 1250 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 1251 goto docomplete; | |
| 1252 #endif | |
| 1253 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1254 if (ins_tab()) | |
| 1255 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ | |
| 1256 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1257 break; | |
| 1258 | |
| 449 | 1259 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ |
| 7 | 1260 c = CAR; |
| 1261 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1262 case CAR: | |
| 1263 case NL: | |
| 1264 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) | |
| 1265 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the | |
| 1266 * cursor. */ | |
| 1267 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) | |
| 1268 { | |
| 644 | 1269 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ |
| 1270 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); | |
| 1271 else /* location list window */ | |
| 1272 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); | |
| 7 | 1273 break; |
| 1274 } | |
| 1275 #endif | |
| 1276 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 1277 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 1278 { | |
| 1279 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ | |
| 1280 cmdwin_result = CAR; | |
| 1281 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1282 } | |
| 1283 #endif | |
| 1284 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) | |
| 1285 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ | |
| 1286 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1287 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1288 break; | |
| 1289 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1290 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) |
| 449 | 1291 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ |
| 7 | 1292 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1293 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) | |
| 1294 { | |
| 449 | 1295 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) |
| 1296 goto docomplete; | |
| 1297 break; | |
| 7 | 1298 } |
| 1299 # endif | |
| 1300 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 1301 c = ins_digraph(); | |
| 1302 if (c == NUL) | |
| 1303 break; | |
| 1304 # endif | |
| 1305 goto normalchar; | |
| 449 | 1306 #endif |
| 7 | 1307 |
| 1308 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 464 | 1309 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ |
| 1310 ins_ctrl_x(); | |
| 1311 break; | |
| 1312 | |
| 449 | 1313 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1314 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) |
| 1315 goto normalchar; | |
| 1316 goto docomplete; | |
| 1317 | |
| 449 | 1318 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1319 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) |
| 1320 goto normalchar; | |
| 1321 goto docomplete; | |
| 477 | 1322 |
| 1323 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ | |
| 1324 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 1325 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) | |
| 1326 goto normalchar; | |
| 1327 goto docomplete; | |
| 7 | 1328 #endif |
| 1329 | |
| 449 | 1330 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ |
| 7 | 1331 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 1332 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 1333 #endif | |
| 1334 { | |
| 1335 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ | |
| 1336 if (p_im) | |
| 1337 { | |
| 1338 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 1339 break; | |
| 1340 goto doESCkey; | |
| 1341 } | |
| 1342 goto normalchar; | |
| 1343 } | |
| 1344 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1345 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 1346 | |
| 449 | 1347 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ |
| 7 | 1348 case Ctrl_N: |
| 1349 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, | |
| 1350 * but it is under other ^X modes */ | |
| 1351 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL | |
| 1352 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 | |
| 449 | 1353 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) |
| 7 | 1354 goto normalchar; |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 docomplete: | |
| 1927 | 1357 compl_busy = TRUE; |
| 7 | 1358 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) |
| 449 | 1359 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 1927 | 1360 compl_busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 1361 break; |
| 1362 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 1363 | |
| 449 | 1364 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ |
| 1365 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ | |
| 1366 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); | |
| 7 | 1367 break; |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 default: | |
| 1370 #ifdef UNIX | |
| 1371 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ | |
| 1372 goto do_intr; | |
| 1373 #endif | |
| 1374 | |
| 1375 /* | |
| 1376 * Insert a nomal character. | |
| 1377 */ | |
| 1378 normalchar: | |
| 1379 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 1380 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ | |
| 1381 ins_try_si(c); | |
| 1382 #endif | |
| 1383 | |
| 1384 if (c == ' ') | |
| 1385 { | |
| 1386 inserted_space = TRUE; | |
| 1387 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1388 if (inindent(0)) | |
| 1389 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 1390 #endif | |
| 1391 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL | |
| 1392 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 1393 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 1394 } | |
| 1395 | |
| 1396 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( | |
| 1397 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1398 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is | |
| 1399 * what check_abbr() expects. */ | |
| 1400 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : | |
| 1401 #endif | |
| 1402 c)) | |
| 1403 { | |
| 1404 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 1405 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1406 revins_legal++; | |
| 1407 revins_chars++; | |
| 1408 #endif | |
| 1409 } | |
| 1410 | |
| 1411 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1412 | |
| 1413 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1414 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a | |
| 1415 * closed fold. */ | |
| 1416 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 1417 #endif | |
| 1418 break; | |
| 1419 } /* end of switch (c) */ | |
| 1420 | |
| 978 | 1421 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1422 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ | |
| 1423 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) | |
| 1424 did_cursorhold = FALSE; | |
| 1425 #endif | |
| 1426 | |
| 7 | 1427 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ |
| 1428 if (arrow_used) | |
| 1429 inserted_space = FALSE; | |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 1432 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() | |
| 1433 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 1434 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 | |
| 1435 # endif | |
| 1436 ) | |
| 1437 { | |
| 1438 force_cindent: | |
| 1439 /* | |
| 1440 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 1441 */ | |
| 1442 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) | |
| 1443 { | |
| 1444 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 1445 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 1446 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 1447 } | |
| 1448 } | |
| 1449 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 1450 | |
| 1451 } /* for (;;) */ | |
| 1452 /* NOTREACHED */ | |
| 1453 } | |
| 1454 | |
| 1455 /* | |
| 1456 * Redraw for Insert mode. | |
| 1457 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' | |
| 1458 * option work correctly. | |
| 1459 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up | |
| 1460 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). | |
| 1461 */ | |
| 1462 static void | |
| 661 | 1463 ins_redraw(ready) |
| 1876 | 1464 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ |
| 7 | 1465 { |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1466 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1467 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1468 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1469 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1470 #endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1471 |
| 7 | 1472 if (!char_avail()) |
| 1473 { | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1474 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
| 794 | 1475 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is |
| 1476 * visible, the command might delete it. */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1477 if (ready && ( |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1478 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1479 has_cursormovedI() |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1480 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1481 # if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1482 || |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1483 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1484 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1485 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1486 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1487 ) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1488 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) |
| 794 | 1489 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1490 && !pum_visible() |
| 794 | 1491 # endif |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1492 ) |
| 661 | 1493 { |
| 1506 | 1494 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1495 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax | |
| 1496 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting | |
| 1497 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done | |
| 1498 * again below, unfortunately. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
1499 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) |
| 1506 | 1500 update_screen(0); |
| 1501 # endif | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1502 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1503 if (has_cursormovedI()) |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1504 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1505 # endif |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1506 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1507 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1508 { |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1509 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1510 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1511 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1512 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1513 # endif |
| 661 | 1514 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 1515 } | |
| 1516 #endif | |
| 7 | 1517 if (must_redraw) |
| 1518 update_screen(0); | |
| 1519 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 1520 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ | |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1521 # if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1522 if ((conceal_update_lines |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1523 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1524 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1525 || need_cursor_line_redraw) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1526 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1527 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1528 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1529 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2348
diff
changeset
|
1530 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); |
|
2282
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1531 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1532 } |
|
a888ed7ba375
Make updating text for conceal mode simpler. A few compiler warning fixes.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2250
diff
changeset
|
1533 # endif |
| 7 | 1534 showruler(FALSE); |
| 1535 setcursor(); | |
| 1536 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ | |
| 1537 } | |
| 1538 } | |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 /* | |
| 1541 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. | |
| 1542 */ | |
| 1543 static void | |
| 1544 ins_ctrl_v() | |
| 1545 { | |
| 1546 int c; | |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 1549 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 1550 |
| 1551 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 1552 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); | |
| 1553 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 1554 | |
| 1555 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 1556 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); | |
| 1557 #endif | |
| 1558 | |
| 1559 c = get_literal(); | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
1560 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start |
|
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
1561 of the next line and will not be redrawn */ |
| 7 | 1562 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 1563 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 1564 #endif | |
| 1565 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 1566 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1567 revins_chars++; | |
| 1568 revins_legal++; | |
| 1569 #endif | |
| 1570 } | |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 /* | |
| 1573 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. | |
| 1574 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. | |
| 1575 */ | |
| 1576 static int pc_status; | |
| 1577 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ | |
| 1578 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1579 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ | |
| 1580 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ | |
| 1581 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1582 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1583 #else | |
| 1584 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ | |
| 1585 #endif | |
| 1586 static int pc_attr; | |
| 1587 static int pc_row; | |
| 1588 static int pc_col; | |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 void | |
| 1591 edit_putchar(c, highlight) | |
| 1592 int c; | |
| 1593 int highlight; | |
| 1594 { | |
| 1595 int attr; | |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 if (ScreenLines != NULL) | |
| 1598 { | |
| 1599 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ | |
| 1600 validate_cursor(); | |
| 1601 if (highlight) | |
| 1602 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 1603 else | |
| 1604 attr = 0; | |
| 1605 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; | |
| 1606 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); | |
| 1607 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1608 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 1609 #endif | |
| 1610 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1611 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
| 1612 { | |
| 1613 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1614 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1615 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1616 { | |
| 1617 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); | |
| 1618 | |
| 1619 if (fix_col != pc_col) | |
| 1620 { | |
| 1621 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); | |
| 1622 --curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1623 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; | |
| 1624 } | |
| 1625 } | |
| 1626 # endif | |
| 1627 } | |
| 1628 else | |
| 1629 #endif | |
| 1630 { | |
| 1631 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1632 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1633 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) | |
| 1634 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; | |
| 1635 #endif | |
| 1636 } | |
| 1637 | |
| 1638 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ | |
| 1639 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1640 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) | |
| 1641 #endif | |
| 1642 { | |
| 1643 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); | |
| 1644 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; | |
| 1645 } | |
| 1646 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); | |
| 1647 } | |
| 1648 } | |
| 1649 | |
| 1650 /* | |
| 1651 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). | |
| 1652 */ | |
| 1653 void | |
| 1654 edit_unputchar() | |
| 1655 { | |
| 1656 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) | |
| 1657 { | |
| 1658 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 1659 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) | |
| 1660 ++curwin->w_wcol; | |
| 1661 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) | |
| 1662 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1663 else | |
| 1664 #endif | |
| 1665 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); | |
| 1666 } | |
| 1667 } | |
| 1668 | |
| 1669 /* | |
| 1670 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text | |
| 1671 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. | |
| 1672 */ | |
| 1673 void | |
| 1674 display_dollar(col) | |
| 1675 colnr_T col; | |
| 1676 { | |
| 1677 colnr_T save_col; | |
| 1678 | |
| 1679 if (!redrawing()) | |
| 1680 return; | |
| 1681 | |
| 1682 cursor_off(); | |
| 1683 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1684 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 1685 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1686 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1687 { | |
| 1688 char_u *p; | |
| 1689 | |
| 1690 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ | |
| 1691 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1692 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); | |
| 1693 } | |
| 1694 #endif | |
| 1695 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ | |
| 1696 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) | |
| 1697 { | |
| 1698 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); | |
| 1699 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 1700 } | |
| 1701 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; | |
| 1702 } | |
| 1703 | |
| 1704 /* | |
| 1705 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position | |
| 1706 * in insert mode. | |
| 1707 */ | |
| 1708 static void | |
| 1709 undisplay_dollar() | |
| 1710 { | |
| 1711 if (dollar_vcol) | |
| 1712 { | |
| 1713 dollar_vcol = 0; | |
| 1714 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); | |
| 1715 } | |
| 1716 } | |
| 1717 | |
| 1718 /* | |
| 1719 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). | |
| 1720 * Keep the cursor on the same character. | |
| 1721 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) | |
| 1722 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) | |
| 1723 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" | |
| 1724 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). | |
| 1725 */ | |
| 1726 void | |
| 1516 | 1727 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) |
| 7 | 1728 int type; |
| 1729 int amount; | |
| 1730 int round; | |
| 1731 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ | |
| 1516 | 1732 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ |
| 7 | 1733 { |
| 1734 int vcol; | |
| 1735 int last_vcol; | |
| 1736 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ | |
| 1737 int new_cursor_col; | |
| 1738 int i; | |
| 1739 char_u *ptr; | |
| 1740 int save_p_list; | |
| 1741 int start_col; | |
| 1742 colnr_T vc; | |
| 1743 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1744 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1745 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1746 | |
| 1747 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ | |
| 1748 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1749 { | |
| 1750 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ | |
| 1751 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1752 } | |
| 1753 #endif | |
| 1754 | |
| 1755 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ | |
| 1756 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 1757 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 1758 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 1759 vcol = vc; | |
| 1760 | |
| 1761 /* | |
| 1762 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only | |
| 1763 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of | |
| 1764 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. | |
| 1765 */ | |
| 1766 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1767 | |
| 1768 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ | |
| 1769 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1770 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
| 1771 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1772 | |
| 1773 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1774 | |
| 1775 /* | |
| 1776 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the | |
| 1777 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. | |
| 1778 */ | |
| 1779 if (new_cursor_col < 0) | |
| 1780 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1781 | |
| 1782 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ | |
| 1783 start_col = -1; | |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 /* | |
| 1786 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. | |
| 1787 */ | |
| 1788 if (type == INDENT_SET) | |
| 1516 | 1789 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); |
| 7 | 1790 else |
| 1791 { | |
| 1792 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1793 int save_State = State; | |
| 1794 | |
| 1795 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ | |
| 1796 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1797 State = INSERT; | |
| 1798 #endif | |
| 1516 | 1799 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); |
| 7 | 1800 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 1801 State = save_State; | |
| 1802 #endif | |
| 1803 } | |
| 1804 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 /* | |
| 1807 * Try to put cursor on same character. | |
| 1808 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, | |
| 1809 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first | |
| 1810 * non-blank character. | |
| 1811 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. | |
| 1812 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative | |
| 1813 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. | |
| 1814 */ | |
| 1815 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 1816 { | |
| 1817 /* | |
| 1818 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset | |
| 1819 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1820 */ | |
| 1821 if (new_cursor_col == 0) | |
| 1822 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1823 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1824 } | |
| 1825 else if (!(State & INSERT)) | |
| 1826 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 1827 else | |
| 1828 { | |
| 1829 /* | |
| 1830 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. | |
| 1831 */ | |
| 1832 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; | |
| 1869 | 1833 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); |
| 7 | 1834 |
| 1835 /* | |
| 1836 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. | |
| 1837 */ | |
| 1838 vcol = last_vcol = 0; | |
| 1839 new_cursor_col = -1; | |
| 1840 ptr = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 1841 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1842 { | |
| 1843 last_vcol = vcol; | |
| 1844 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1845 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) | |
| 474 | 1846 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); |
| 7 | 1847 else |
| 1848 #endif | |
| 1849 ++new_cursor_col; | |
| 1850 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
| 1851 } | |
| 1852 vcol = last_vcol; | |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 /* | |
| 1855 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on | |
| 1856 * the right screen column. | |
| 1857 */ | |
| 1858 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 1859 { | |
| 1869 | 1860 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1861 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; |
| 1869 | 1862 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); |
| 7 | 1863 if (ptr != NULL) |
| 1864 { | |
| 1865 new_cursor_col += i; | |
| 1866 ptr[i] = NUL; | |
| 1867 while (--i >= 0) | |
| 1868 ptr[i] = ' '; | |
| 1869 ins_str(ptr); | |
| 1870 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 1871 } | |
| 1872 } | |
| 1873 | |
| 1874 /* | |
| 1875 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset | |
| 1876 * Insstart_col to 0. | |
| 1877 */ | |
| 1878 insstart_less = MAXCOL; | |
| 1879 } | |
| 1880 | |
| 1881 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; | |
| 1882 | |
| 1883 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) | |
| 1884 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 1885 else | |
| 1869 | 1886 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; |
| 7 | 1887 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; |
| 1888 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 1889 | |
| 1890 /* | |
| 1891 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. | |
| 1892 */ | |
| 1893 if (State & INSERT) | |
| 1894 { | |
| 1895 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) | |
| 1896 { | |
| 1897 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1898 Insstart.col = 0; | |
| 1899 else | |
| 1900 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1901 } | |
| 1902 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) | |
| 1903 ai_col = 0; | |
| 1904 else | |
| 1905 ai_col -= insstart_less; | |
| 1906 } | |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 /* | |
| 1909 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. | |
| 1910 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a | |
| 1911 * few characters from the replace stack. | |
| 1912 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a | |
| 1913 * few NULs onto the replace stack. | |
| 1914 */ | |
| 1915 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) | |
| 1916 { | |
| 1917 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 1918 { | |
| 1919 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1920 --start_col; | |
| 1921 } | |
| 1922 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) | |
| 1923 { | |
| 1924 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 1925 if (replaced) | |
| 1926 { | |
| 1927 replace_push(replaced); | |
| 1928 replaced = NUL; | |
| 1929 } | |
| 1930 ++start_col; | |
| 1931 } | |
| 1932 } | |
| 1933 | |
| 1934 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 1935 /* | |
| 1936 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case | |
| 1937 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then | |
| 1938 * put it back again the way we wanted it. | |
| 1939 */ | |
| 1940 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1941 { | |
| 1942 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, | |
| 1943 * even if you can't backspace. */ | |
| 1944 if (orig_line == NULL) | |
| 1945 return; | |
| 1946 | |
| 1947 /* Save new line */ | |
| 1948 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 1949 if (new_line == NULL) | |
| 1950 return; | |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ | |
| 1953 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; | |
| 1954 | |
| 1955 /* Put back original line */ | |
| 1956 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
| 1957 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ | |
| 1960 backspace_until_column(0); | |
| 1961 | |
| 1962 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ | |
| 1963 ins_bytes(new_line); | |
| 1964 | |
| 1965 vim_free(new_line); | |
| 1966 } | |
| 1967 #endif | |
| 1968 } | |
| 1969 | |
| 1970 /* | |
| 1971 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an | |
| 1972 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 1973 * modes. | |
| 1974 */ | |
| 1975 void | |
| 1976 truncate_spaces(line) | |
| 1977 char_u *line; | |
| 1978 { | |
| 1979 int i; | |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 /* find start of trailing white space */ | |
| 1982 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) | |
| 1983 { | |
| 1984 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1985 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ | |
| 1986 } | |
| 1987 line[i + 1] = NUL; | |
| 1988 } | |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ | |
| 1991 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 1992 /* | |
| 1993 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE | |
| 1994 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. | |
| 1782 | 1995 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing |
| 1996 * character. | |
| 7 | 1997 */ |
| 1998 void | |
| 1999 backspace_until_column(col) | |
| 2000 int col; | |
| 2001 { | |
| 2002 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) | |
| 2003 { | |
| 2004 curwin->w_cursor.col--; | |
| 2005 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 2006 replace_do_bs(col); |
| 2007 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) | |
| 2008 break; | |
| 2009 } | |
| 2010 } | |
| 2011 #endif | |
| 2012 | |
| 2013 /* | |
| 2014 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". | |
| 2015 * Only matters when there are composing characters. | |
| 2016 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. | |
| 2017 */ | |
| 2018 static int | |
| 2019 del_char_after_col(limit_col) | |
| 1876 | 2020 int limit_col UNUSED; |
| 1782 | 2021 { |
| 2022 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2023 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) | |
| 2024 { | |
| 1869 | 2025 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; |
| 1782 | 2026 |
| 2027 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but | |
| 2028 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a | |
| 2029 * composing character. */ | |
| 2030 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 1796 | 2031 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) |
| 1782 | 2032 { |
| 2033 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 2034 | |
| 2035 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ | |
| 2036 break; | |
| 2037 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 2038 } | |
| 2039 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) | |
| 2040 return FALSE; | |
| 1869 | 2041 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); |
| 1782 | 2042 } |
| 2043 else | |
| 2044 #endif | |
| 2045 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 2046 return TRUE; | |
| 2047 } | |
| 7 | 2048 |
| 2049 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 2050 /* | |
| 449 | 2051 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. |
| 2052 */ | |
| 2053 static void | |
| 2054 ins_ctrl_x() | |
| 2055 { | |
| 2056 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X | |
| 2057 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ | |
| 2058 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 2059 { | |
| 2060 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset | |
| 2061 * compl_cont_status */ | |
| 2062 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) | |
| 665 | 2063 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; |
| 449 | 2064 else |
| 2065 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 2066 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ | |
| 2067 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; | |
| 2068 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 2069 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 2070 showmode(); | |
| 2071 } | |
| 2072 } | |
| 2073 | |
| 2074 /* | |
| 2075 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. | |
| 2076 */ | |
| 2077 static int | |
| 2078 has_compl_option(dict_opt) | |
| 2079 int dict_opt; | |
| 2080 { | |
| 703 | 2081 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL |
| 744 | 2082 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 2083 && !curwin->w_p_spell | |
| 2084 # endif | |
| 2085 ) | |
| 449 | 2086 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) |
| 2087 { | |
| 2088 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 2089 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 2090 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") | |
| 2091 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), | |
| 2092 hl_attr(HLF_E)); | |
| 2093 if (emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 2094 { | |
| 2095 vim_beep(); | |
| 2096 setcursor(); | |
| 2097 out_flush(); | |
| 2098 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); | |
| 2099 } | |
| 2100 return FALSE; | |
| 2101 } | |
| 2102 return TRUE; | |
| 2103 } | |
| 2104 | |
| 2105 /* | |
| 7 | 2106 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? |
| 2107 * This depends on the current mode. | |
| 2108 */ | |
| 2109 int | |
| 2110 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) | |
| 2111 int c; | |
| 2112 { | |
| 2113 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ | |
| 2114 if (c == Ctrl_R) | |
| 2115 return TRUE; | |
| 2116 | |
| 610 | 2117 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ |
| 644 | 2118 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) |
| 610 | 2119 return TRUE; |
| 2120 | |
| 7 | 2121 switch (ctrl_x_mode) |
| 2122 { | |
| 2123 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ | |
| 2124 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 2125 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: | |
| 449 | 2126 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E |
| 7 | 2127 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB |
| 2128 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P | |
| 2129 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V | |
| 477 | 2130 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O |
| 2131 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); | |
| 7 | 2132 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: |
| 2133 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); | |
| 2134 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2135 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2136 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2137 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2138 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 2139 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2140 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 2141 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2142 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 2143 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2144 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 2145 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 2146 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2147 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 2148 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 2149 #endif | |
| 2150 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2151 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N | |
| 2152 || c == Ctrl_X); | |
| 12 | 2153 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 2154 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 449 | 2155 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 523 | 2156 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 449 | 2157 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); |
| 502 | 2158 #endif |
| 477 | 2159 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 2160 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); | |
| 7 | 2161 } |
| 2162 EMSG(_(e_internal)); | |
| 2163 return FALSE; | |
| 2164 } | |
| 2165 | |
| 2166 /* | |
| 1430 | 2167 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being |
| 2168 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu | |
| 2169 * is visible. | |
| 2170 */ | |
| 2171 static int | |
| 2172 ins_compl_accept_char(c) | |
| 2173 int c; | |
| 2174 { | |
| 2175 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) | |
| 2176 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ | |
| 2177 return vim_isIDc(c); | |
| 2178 | |
| 2179 switch (ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 2180 { | |
| 2181 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 2182 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not | |
| 2183 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in | |
| 2184 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ | |
| 2185 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); | |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 2188 case CTRL_X_OMNI: | |
| 2189 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any | |
| 2190 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ | |
| 2191 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); | |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: | |
| 2194 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ | |
| 2195 return vim_isprintc(c); | |
| 2196 } | |
| 2197 return vim_iswordc(c); | |
| 2198 } | |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 /* | |
| 659 | 2201 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the |
| 7 | 2202 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed |
| 1219 | 2203 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted |
| 7 | 2204 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb |
| 2205 */ | |
| 2206 int | |
| 681 | 2207 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) |
| 7 | 2208 char_u *str; |
| 2209 int len; | |
| 681 | 2210 int icase; |
| 7 | 2211 char_u *fname; |
| 2212 int dir; | |
| 464 | 2213 int flags; |
| 7 | 2214 { |
| 1353 | 2215 char_u *p; |
| 2216 int i, c; | |
| 2217 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ | |
| 2218 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ | |
| 2227 | 2219 int min_len; |
| 2004 | 2220 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ |
| 7 | 2221 int has_lower = FALSE; |
| 2222 int was_letter = FALSE; | |
| 1353 | 2223 |
| 1436 | 2224 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) |
| 1353 | 2225 { |
| 2226 /* Infer case of completed part. */ | |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 /* Find actual length of completion. */ | |
| 2229 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2230 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2231 { | |
| 2232 p = str; | |
| 2233 actual_len = 0; | |
| 2234 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 2235 { | |
| 2236 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2237 ++actual_len; | |
| 2238 } | |
| 2239 } | |
| 2240 else | |
| 2241 #endif | |
| 2242 actual_len = len; | |
| 2243 | |
| 2244 /* Find actual length of original text. */ | |
| 2245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2246 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2247 { | |
| 2248 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2249 actual_compl_length = 0; | |
| 2250 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 7 | 2251 { |
| 1353 | 2252 mb_ptr_adv(p); |
| 2253 ++actual_compl_length; | |
| 2254 } | |
| 2255 } | |
| 2256 else | |
| 2257 #endif | |
| 2258 actual_compl_length = compl_length; | |
| 2259 | |
| 2227 | 2260 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using |
| 2261 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ | |
| 2262 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length | |
| 2263 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; | |
| 2264 | |
| 1353 | 2265 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ |
| 1869 | 2266 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); |
| 1353 | 2267 if (wca != NULL) |
| 2268 { | |
| 2269 p = str; | |
| 2270 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2271 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2272 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2273 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2274 else | |
| 2275 #endif | |
| 2276 wca[i] = *(p++); | |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ | |
| 2279 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2227 | 2280 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2281 { |
| 2282 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2283 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2284 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2285 else | |
| 2286 #endif | |
| 2287 c = *(p++); | |
| 2288 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 7 | 2289 { |
| 1353 | 2290 has_lower = TRUE; |
| 2291 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) | |
| 2292 { | |
| 2293 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2294 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2295 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2296 break; | |
| 2297 } | |
| 7 | 2298 } |
| 2299 } | |
| 1353 | 2300 |
| 2301 /* | |
| 2302 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to | |
| 2303 * upper case. | |
| 2304 */ | |
| 2305 if (!has_lower) | |
| 2306 { | |
| 2307 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2227 | 2308 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 1353 | 2309 { |
| 2310 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2311 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2312 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2313 else | |
| 2314 #endif | |
| 2315 c = *(p++); | |
| 2316 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) | |
| 2317 { | |
| 2318 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ | |
| 2319 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) | |
| 2320 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 2321 break; | |
| 2322 } | |
| 2323 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); | |
| 2324 } | |
| 2325 } | |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ | |
| 2328 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 2227 | 2329 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) |
| 7 | 2330 { |
| 1353 | 2331 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 2332 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2333 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); | |
| 2334 else | |
| 2335 #endif | |
| 2336 c = *(p++); | |
| 2337 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) | |
| 2338 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); | |
| 2339 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) | |
| 2340 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); | |
| 7 | 2341 } |
| 1353 | 2342 |
| 1436 | 2343 /* |
| 1353 | 2344 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. |
| 2345 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than | |
| 2346 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay | |
| 2347 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. | |
| 2348 */ | |
| 2349 p = IObuff; | |
| 2350 i = 0; | |
| 2351 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) | |
| 2352 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2353 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 1446 | 2354 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); |
| 1353 | 2355 else |
| 2356 #endif | |
| 2357 *(p++) = wca[i++]; | |
| 2358 *p = NUL; | |
| 2359 | |
| 2360 vim_free(wca); | |
| 2361 } | |
| 7 | 2362 |
| 841 | 2363 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, |
| 2364 flags, FALSE); | |
| 2365 } | |
| 2366 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); | |
| 7 | 2367 } |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 /* | |
| 2370 * Add a match to the list of matches. | |
| 2371 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 464 | 2372 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, |
| 681 | 2373 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. |
| 7 | 2374 */ |
| 841 | 2375 static int |
| 944 | 2376 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) |
| 7 | 2377 char_u *str; |
| 2378 int len; | |
| 681 | 2379 int icase; |
| 7 | 2380 char_u *fname; |
| 841 | 2381 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ |
| 659 | 2382 int cdir; |
| 464 | 2383 int flags; |
| 944 | 2384 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ |
| 7 | 2385 { |
| 464 | 2386 compl_T *match; |
| 659 | 2387 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); |
| 7 | 2388 |
| 2389 ui_breakcheck(); | |
| 2390 if (got_int) | |
| 464 | 2391 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2392 if (len < 0) |
| 2393 len = (int)STRLEN(str); | |
| 2394 | |
| 2395 /* | |
| 2396 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. | |
| 2397 */ | |
| 944 | 2398 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) |
| 449 | 2399 { |
| 2400 match = compl_first_match; | |
| 7 | 2401 do |
| 2402 { | |
| 464 | 2403 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 989 | 2404 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 |
| 464 | 2405 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) |
| 2406 return NOTDONE; | |
| 2407 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 449 | 2408 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 2409 } |
| 2410 | |
| 540 | 2411 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ |
| 2412 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2413 | |
| 7 | 2414 /* |
| 2415 * Allocate a new match structure. | |
| 2416 * Copy the values to the new match structure. | |
| 2417 */ | |
| 659 | 2418 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); |
| 7 | 2419 if (match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2420 return FAIL; |
| 2421 match->cp_number = -1; | |
| 2422 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2423 match->cp_number = 0; | |
| 694 | 2424 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) |
| 7 | 2425 { |
| 2426 vim_free(match); | |
| 464 | 2427 return FAIL; |
| 7 | 2428 } |
| 681 | 2429 match->cp_icase = icase; |
| 659 | 2430 |
| 7 | 2431 /* match-fname is: |
| 464 | 2432 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. |
| 7 | 2433 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. |
| 2434 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ | |
| 659 | 2435 if (fname != NULL |
| 829 | 2436 && compl_curr_match != NULL |
| 659 | 2437 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL |
| 2438 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) | |
| 464 | 2439 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; |
| 659 | 2440 else if (fname != NULL) |
| 2441 { | |
| 2442 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); | |
| 464 | 2443 flags |= FREE_FNAME; |
| 659 | 2444 } |
| 7 | 2445 else |
| 464 | 2446 match->cp_fname = NULL; |
| 2447 match->cp_flags = flags; | |
| 786 | 2448 |
| 2449 if (cptext != NULL) | |
| 2450 { | |
| 2451 int i; | |
| 2452 | |
| 2453 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) | |
| 2454 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) | |
| 2455 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); | |
| 2456 } | |
| 7 | 2457 |
| 2458 /* | |
| 2459 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. | |
| 2460 */ | |
| 449 | 2461 if (compl_first_match == NULL) |
| 464 | 2462 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; |
| 7 | 2463 else if (dir == FORWARD) |
| 2464 { | |
| 464 | 2465 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 2466 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; | |
| 7 | 2467 } |
| 2468 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 2469 { | |
| 464 | 2470 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; |
| 2471 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; | |
| 2472 } | |
| 2473 if (match->cp_next) | |
| 2474 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; | |
| 2475 if (match->cp_prev) | |
| 2476 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; | |
| 7 | 2477 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ |
| 449 | 2478 compl_first_match = match; |
| 2479 compl_curr_match = match; | |
| 7 | 2480 |
| 665 | 2481 /* |
| 2482 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. | |
| 2483 */ | |
| 2484 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 2485 ins_compl_longest_match(match); | |
| 2486 | |
| 7 | 2487 return OK; |
| 2488 } | |
| 2489 | |
| 2490 /* | |
| 681 | 2491 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering |
| 2492 * match->cp_icase. | |
| 2493 */ | |
| 2494 static int | |
| 2495 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) | |
| 2496 compl_T *match; | |
| 2497 char_u *str; | |
| 2498 int len; | |
| 2499 { | |
| 2500 if (match->cp_icase) | |
| 2501 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2502 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; | |
| 2503 } | |
| 2504 | |
| 2505 /* | |
| 665 | 2506 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". |
| 2507 */ | |
| 2508 static void | |
| 2509 ins_compl_longest_match(match) | |
| 2510 compl_T *match; | |
| 2511 { | |
| 2512 char_u *p, *s; | |
| 681 | 2513 int c1, c2; |
| 665 | 2514 int had_match; |
| 2515 | |
| 2516 if (compl_leader == NULL) | |
| 842 | 2517 { |
| 665 | 2518 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ |
| 2519 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); | |
| 842 | 2520 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 2521 { | |
| 2522 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2523 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2524 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 842 | 2525 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2528 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2529 if (!had_match) | |
| 2530 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2531 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2532 } | |
| 2533 } | |
| 665 | 2534 else |
| 2535 { | |
| 2536 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ | |
| 681 | 2537 p = compl_leader; |
| 2538 s = match->cp_str; | |
| 2539 while (*p != NUL) | |
| 665 | 2540 { |
| 2541 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2542 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2543 { | |
| 681 | 2544 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); |
| 2545 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); | |
| 665 | 2546 } |
| 2547 else | |
| 2548 #endif | |
| 2549 { | |
| 681 | 2550 c1 = *p; |
| 2551 c2 = *s; | |
| 2552 } | |
| 2553 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) | |
| 2554 : (c1 != c2)) | |
| 2555 break; | |
| 2556 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2557 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2558 { | |
| 2559 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 2560 mb_ptr_adv(s); | |
| 2561 } | |
| 2562 else | |
| 2563 #endif | |
| 2564 { | |
| 2565 ++p; | |
| 2566 ++s; | |
| 665 | 2567 } |
| 2568 } | |
| 2569 | |
| 2570 if (*p != NUL) | |
| 2571 { | |
| 2572 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ | |
| 2573 *p = NUL; | |
| 2574 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); | |
| 2575 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 2576 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 2577 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 2578 | |
| 2579 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it | |
| 2580 * again after redrawing. */ | |
| 2581 if (!had_match) | |
| 2582 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 2583 } | |
| 2584 | |
| 2585 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 2586 } | |
| 2587 } | |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 /* | |
| 7 | 2590 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. |
| 2591 * Frees matches[]. | |
| 2592 */ | |
| 2593 static void | |
| 681 | 2594 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) |
| 7 | 2595 int num_matches; |
| 2596 char_u **matches; | |
| 681 | 2597 int icase; |
| 7 | 2598 { |
| 2599 int i; | |
| 2600 int add_r = OK; | |
| 659 | 2601 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2602 |
| 464 | 2603 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) |
| 681 | 2604 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, |
| 841 | 2605 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) |
| 7 | 2606 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ |
| 659 | 2607 dir = FORWARD; |
| 7 | 2608 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); |
| 2609 } | |
| 2610 | |
| 2611 /* Make the completion list cyclic. | |
| 2612 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). | |
| 2613 */ | |
| 2614 static int | |
| 2615 ins_compl_make_cyclic() | |
| 2616 { | |
| 464 | 2617 compl_T *match; |
| 7 | 2618 int count = 0; |
| 2619 | |
| 449 | 2620 if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 7 | 2621 { |
| 2622 /* | |
| 2623 * Find the end of the list. | |
| 2624 */ | |
| 449 | 2625 match = compl_first_match; |
| 2626 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ | |
| 464 | 2627 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) |
| 2628 { | |
| 2629 match = match->cp_next; | |
| 7 | 2630 ++count; |
| 2631 } | |
| 464 | 2632 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; |
| 2633 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; | |
| 7 | 2634 } |
| 2635 return count; | |
| 2636 } | |
| 2637 | |
| 724 | 2638 /* |
| 2639 * Start completion for the complete() function. | |
| 2640 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). | |
| 2641 * "list" is the list of matches. | |
| 2642 */ | |
| 2643 void | |
| 2644 set_completion(startcol, list) | |
| 1869 | 2645 colnr_T startcol; |
| 724 | 2646 list_T *list; |
| 2647 { | |
| 2648 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ | |
| 2649 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 2650 ins_compl_prep(' '); | |
| 2651 ins_compl_clear(); | |
| 2652 | |
| 2653 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 2654 return; | |
| 2655 | |
| 1869 | 2656 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) |
| 724 | 2657 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 2658 compl_col = startcol; | |
| 1869 | 2659 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; |
| 724 | 2660 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ |
| 2661 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 2662 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 2663 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 724 | 2664 return; |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ | |
| 2667 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 ins_compl_add_list(list); | |
| 2670 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 2671 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 2672 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 929 | 2673 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 724 | 2674 |
| 2675 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 2676 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); | |
| 2677 out_flush(); | |
| 2678 } | |
| 2679 | |
| 2680 | |
| 574 | 2681 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the |
| 2682 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 659 | 2683 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; |
| 540 | 2684 static int compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2685 | |
| 2686 /* | |
| 2687 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. | |
| 2688 */ | |
| 2689 static void | |
| 2690 ins_compl_upd_pum() | |
| 2691 { | |
| 2692 int h; | |
| 2693 | |
| 2694 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2695 { | |
| 2696 h = curwin->w_cline_height; | |
| 2697 update_screen(0); | |
| 2698 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) | |
| 2699 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 2700 } | |
| 2701 } | |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 /* | |
| 2704 * Remove any popup menu. | |
| 2705 */ | |
| 2706 static void | |
| 2707 ins_compl_del_pum() | |
| 2708 { | |
| 2709 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2710 { | |
| 2711 pum_undisplay(); | |
| 2712 vim_free(compl_match_array); | |
| 2713 compl_match_array = NULL; | |
| 2714 } | |
| 2715 } | |
| 2716 | |
| 2717 /* | |
| 2718 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. | |
| 2719 */ | |
| 2720 static int | |
| 2721 pum_wanted() | |
| 2722 { | |
| 707 | 2723 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ |
| 665 | 2724 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) |
| 540 | 2725 return FALSE; |
| 2726 | |
| 2727 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ | |
| 2728 if (t_colors < 8 | |
| 2729 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2730 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2731 #endif | |
| 2732 ) | |
| 2733 return FALSE; | |
| 657 | 2734 return TRUE; |
| 2735 } | |
| 2736 | |
| 2737 /* | |
| 2738 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. | |
| 707 | 2739 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". |
| 657 | 2740 */ |
| 2741 static int | |
| 707 | 2742 pum_enough_matches() |
| 657 | 2743 { |
| 2744 compl_T *compl; | |
| 2745 int i; | |
| 540 | 2746 |
| 2747 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only | |
| 2748 * one (ignoring the original text). */ | |
| 2749 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2750 i = 0; | |
| 2751 do | |
| 2752 { | |
| 2753 if (compl == NULL | |
| 2754 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) | |
| 2755 break; | |
| 2756 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2757 } while (compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 2758 | |
| 707 | 2759 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) |
| 2760 return (i >= 1); | |
| 540 | 2761 return (i >= 2); |
| 2762 } | |
| 2763 | |
| 2764 /* | |
| 2765 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. | |
| 659 | 2766 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. |
| 540 | 2767 */ |
| 648 | 2768 void |
| 540 | 2769 ins_compl_show_pum() |
| 2770 { | |
| 2771 compl_T *compl; | |
| 659 | 2772 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; |
| 2773 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; | |
| 2774 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; | |
| 540 | 2775 int i; |
| 2776 int cur = -1; | |
| 2777 colnr_T col; | |
| 657 | 2778 int lead_len = 0; |
| 2779 | |
| 707 | 2780 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) |
| 540 | 2781 return; |
| 2782 | |
| 794 | 2783 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
| 2784 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ | |
| 2785 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); | |
| 2786 #endif | |
| 2787 | |
| 540 | 2788 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ |
| 2789 update_screen(0); | |
| 2790 | |
| 2791 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 2792 { | |
| 2793 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ | |
| 2794 compl_match_arraysize = 0; | |
| 2795 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 657 | 2796 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 835 | 2797 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); |
| 540 | 2798 do |
| 2799 { | |
| 657 | 2800 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2801 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2802 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2803 ++compl_match_arraysize; |
| 2804 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2805 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 657 | 2806 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) |
| 2807 return; | |
| 659 | 2808 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( |
| 2809 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) | |
| 540 | 2810 * compl_match_arraysize)); |
| 2811 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2812 { | |
| 829 | 2813 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first |
| 2814 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ | |
| 2815 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2816 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2817 | |
| 540 | 2818 i = 0; |
| 2819 compl = compl_first_match; | |
| 2820 do | |
| 2821 { | |
| 657 | 2822 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 |
| 2823 && (compl_leader == NULL | |
| 681 | 2824 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) |
| 540 | 2825 { |
| 659 | 2826 if (!shown_match_ok) |
| 2827 { | |
| 2828 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) | |
| 2829 { | |
| 2830 /* This item is the shown match or this is the | |
| 2831 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ | |
| 2832 compl_shown_match = compl; | |
| 2833 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 2834 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2835 } | |
| 2836 else | |
| 2837 /* Remember this displayed match for when the | |
| 2838 * shown match is just below it. */ | |
| 2839 shown_compl = compl; | |
| 540 | 2840 cur = i; |
| 659 | 2841 } |
| 786 | 2842 |
| 2843 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) | |
| 2844 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = | |
| 2845 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; | |
| 2846 else | |
| 2847 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; | |
| 2848 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; | |
| 2849 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; | |
| 2850 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) | |
| 2851 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = | |
| 2852 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; | |
| 659 | 2853 else |
| 2854 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; | |
| 2855 } | |
| 2856 | |
| 2857 if (compl == compl_shown_match) | |
| 2858 { | |
| 2859 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; | |
| 716 | 2860 |
| 2861 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set | |
| 2862 * compl_shown_match. */ | |
| 2863 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 2864 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2865 | |
| 659 | 2866 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) |
| 2867 { | |
| 2868 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the | |
| 2869 * previously displayed match. */ | |
| 2870 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; | |
| 2871 shown_match_ok = TRUE; | |
| 2872 } | |
| 540 | 2873 } |
| 2874 compl = compl->cp_next; | |
| 2875 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); | |
| 659 | 2876 |
| 2877 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ | |
| 2878 cur = -1; | |
| 540 | 2879 } |
| 2880 } | |
| 2881 else | |
| 2882 { | |
| 2883 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ | |
| 657 | 2884 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) |
| 786 | 2885 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str |
| 2886 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text | |
| 2887 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) | |
| 829 | 2888 { |
| 2889 cur = i; | |
| 657 | 2890 break; |
| 829 | 2891 } |
| 540 | 2892 } |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 if (compl_match_array != NULL) | |
| 2895 { | |
| 2896 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. | |
| 2897 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ | |
| 2898 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 2899 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; | |
| 732 | 2900 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); |
| 540 | 2901 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; |
| 2902 } | |
| 2903 } | |
| 2904 | |
| 7 | 2905 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ |
| 2906 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ | |
| 648 | 2907 |
| 7 | 2908 /* |
| 703 | 2909 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary |
| 2910 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. | |
| 7 | 2911 */ |
| 2912 static void | |
| 703 | 2913 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) |
| 2914 char_u *dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2915 char_u *pat; |
| 667 | 2916 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ |
| 703 | 2917 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ |
| 2918 { | |
| 2919 char_u *dict = dict_start; | |
| 7 | 2920 char_u *ptr; |
| 2921 char_u *buf; | |
| 2922 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
| 2923 char_u **files; | |
| 2924 int count; | |
| 2925 int save_p_scs; | |
| 659 | 2926 int dir = compl_direction; |
| 7 | 2927 |
| 703 | 2928 if (*dict == NUL) |
| 2929 { | |
| 744 | 2930 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 2931 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use |
| 2932 * "spell". */ | |
| 2933 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) | |
| 2934 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; | |
| 2935 else | |
| 2936 #endif | |
| 2937 return; | |
| 2938 } | |
| 2939 | |
| 7 | 2940 buf = alloc(LSIZE); |
| 703 | 2941 if (buf == NULL) |
| 2942 return; | |
| 1074 | 2943 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ |
| 703 | 2944 |
| 7 | 2945 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ |
| 2946 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 2947 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) | |
| 2948 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 2949 |
| 2950 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern | |
| 2951 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the | |
| 842 | 2952 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ |
| 667 | 2953 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 2954 { | |
| 842 | 2955 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); |
| 1869 | 2956 size_t len; |
| 842 | 2957 |
| 2958 if (pat_esc == NULL) | |
| 1159 | 2959 goto theend; |
| 1869 | 2960 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; |
| 2961 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
| 667 | 2962 if (ptr == NULL) |
| 842 | 2963 { |
| 2964 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 1074 | 2965 goto theend; |
| 842 | 2966 } |
| 1869 | 2967 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); |
| 842 | 2968 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); |
| 2969 vim_free(pat_esc); | |
| 667 | 2970 vim_free(ptr); |
| 2971 } | |
| 2972 else | |
| 703 | 2973 { |
| 667 | 2974 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); |
| 703 | 2975 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
| 2976 goto theend; | |
| 2977 } | |
| 667 | 2978 |
| 7 | 2979 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ |
| 2980 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); | |
| 703 | 2981 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) |
| 7 | 2982 { |
| 2983 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ | |
| 2984 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) | |
| 2985 { | |
| 2986 count = 1; | |
| 2987 files = &dict; | |
| 2988 } | |
| 2989 else | |
| 2990 { | |
| 2991 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow | |
| 2992 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in | |
| 2993 * a modeline). */ | |
| 2994 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); | |
| 744 | 2995 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 2996 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) |
| 2997 count = -1; | |
| 744 | 2998 else |
| 2999 # endif | |
| 3000 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL | |
| 7 | 3001 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, |
| 3002 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) | |
| 3003 count = 0; | |
| 3004 } | |
| 3005 | |
| 744 | 3006 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 703 | 3007 if (count == -1) |
| 3008 { | |
| 712 | 3009 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we |
| 3010 * don't use it as a RE. */ | |
| 703 | 3011 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') |
| 3012 ptr = pat + 2; | |
| 3013 else | |
| 3014 ptr = pat; | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2227
diff
changeset
|
3015 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3016 } |
| 3017 else | |
| 744 | 3018 # endif |
| 938 | 3019 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ |
| 703 | 3020 { |
| 3021 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, | |
| 3022 ®match, buf, &dir); | |
| 7 | 3023 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) |
| 703 | 3024 FreeWild(count, files); |
| 3025 } | |
| 3026 if (flags != 0) | |
| 7 | 3027 break; |
| 3028 } | |
| 703 | 3029 |
| 3030 theend: | |
| 7 | 3031 p_scs = save_p_scs; |
| 3032 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); | |
| 3033 vim_free(buf); | |
| 3034 } | |
| 3035 | |
| 703 | 3036 static void |
| 3037 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) | |
| 3038 int count; | |
| 3039 char_u **files; | |
| 3040 int thesaurus; | |
| 3041 int flags; | |
| 3042 regmatch_T *regmatch; | |
| 3043 char_u *buf; | |
| 3044 int *dir; | |
| 3045 { | |
| 3046 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3047 int i; | |
| 3048 FILE *fp; | |
| 3049 int add_r; | |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) | |
| 3052 { | |
| 3053 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ | |
| 3054 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) | |
| 3055 { | |
| 3056 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, | |
| 3057 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); | |
| 1869 | 3058 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 703 | 3059 } |
| 3060 | |
| 3061 if (fp != NULL) | |
| 3062 { | |
| 3063 /* | |
| 3064 * Read dictionary file line by line. | |
| 3065 * Check each line for a match. | |
| 3066 */ | |
| 3067 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted | |
| 3068 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) | |
| 3069 { | |
| 3070 ptr = buf; | |
| 3071 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) | |
| 3072 { | |
| 3073 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; | |
| 3074 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 3075 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); | |
| 3076 else | |
| 3077 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 3078 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], | |
| 3079 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), | |
| 942 | 3080 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); |
| 703 | 3081 if (thesaurus) |
| 3082 { | |
| 3083 char_u *wstart; | |
| 3084 | |
| 3085 /* | |
| 3086 * Add the other matches on the line | |
| 3087 */ | |
| 1353 | 3088 ptr = buf; |
| 703 | 3089 while (!got_int) |
| 3090 { | |
| 3091 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white | |
| 3092 * space and punctuation. */ | |
| 3093 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); | |
| 3094 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) | |
| 3095 break; | |
| 3096 wstart = ptr; | |
| 3097 | |
| 1353 | 3098 /* Find end of the word. */ |
| 703 | 3099 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 3100 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3101 /* Japanese words may have characters in | |
| 3102 * different classes, only separate words | |
| 3103 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ | |
| 3104 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3105 { | |
| 3106 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 3107 | |
| 3108 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3109 break; | |
| 3110 ptr += l; | |
| 3111 } | |
| 3112 else | |
| 3113 #endif | |
| 3114 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); | |
| 1353 | 3115 |
| 3116 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ | |
| 3117 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) | |
| 3118 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, | |
| 3119 (int)(ptr - wstart), | |
| 3120 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); | |
| 703 | 3121 } |
| 3122 } | |
| 3123 if (add_r == OK) | |
| 3124 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3125 *dir = FORWARD; | |
| 3126 else if (add_r == FAIL) | |
| 3127 break; | |
| 3128 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end | |
| 3129 * of line */ | |
| 3130 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) | |
| 3131 break; | |
| 3132 } | |
| 3133 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 3134 ins_compl_check_keys(50); | |
| 3135 } | |
| 3136 fclose(fp); | |
| 3137 } | |
| 3138 } | |
| 3139 } | |
| 3140 | |
| 7 | 3141 /* |
| 3142 * Find the start of the next word. | |
| 3143 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. | |
| 3144 */ | |
| 3145 char_u * | |
| 3146 find_word_start(ptr) | |
| 3147 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3148 { | |
| 3149 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3150 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3151 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) | |
| 474 | 3152 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3153 else |
| 3154 #endif | |
| 3155 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3156 ++ptr; | |
| 3157 return ptr; | |
| 3158 } | |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 /* | |
| 3161 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. | |
| 3162 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. | |
| 3163 */ | |
| 3164 char_u * | |
| 3165 find_word_end(ptr) | |
| 3166 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3167 { | |
| 3168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3169 int start_class; | |
| 3170 | |
| 3171 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3172 { | |
| 3173 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); | |
| 3174 if (start_class > 1) | |
| 3175 while (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 3176 { | |
| 474 | 3177 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3178 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) |
| 3179 break; | |
| 3180 } | |
| 3181 } | |
| 3182 else | |
| 3183 #endif | |
| 3184 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) | |
| 3185 ++ptr; | |
| 3186 return ptr; | |
| 3187 } | |
| 3188 | |
| 3189 /* | |
| 667 | 3190 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. |
| 3191 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. | |
| 3192 */ | |
| 3193 static char_u * | |
| 3194 find_line_end(ptr) | |
| 3195 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3196 { | |
| 3197 char_u *s; | |
| 3198 | |
| 3199 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3200 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) | |
| 3201 --s; | |
| 3202 return s; | |
| 3203 } | |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 /* | |
| 7 | 3206 * Free the list of completions |
| 3207 */ | |
| 3208 static void | |
| 3209 ins_compl_free() | |
| 3210 { | |
| 464 | 3211 compl_T *match; |
| 786 | 3212 int i; |
| 7 | 3213 |
| 449 | 3214 vim_free(compl_pattern); |
| 3215 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3216 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3217 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 449 | 3218 |
| 3219 if (compl_first_match == NULL) | |
| 7 | 3220 return; |
| 540 | 3221 |
| 3222 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3223 pum_clear(); | |
| 3224 | |
| 449 | 3225 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; |
| 7 | 3226 do |
| 3227 { | |
| 449 | 3228 match = compl_curr_match; |
| 464 | 3229 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; |
| 3230 vim_free(match->cp_str); | |
| 7 | 3231 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ |
| 464 | 3232 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) |
| 3233 vim_free(match->cp_fname); | |
| 786 | 3234 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) |
| 3235 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); | |
| 7 | 3236 vim_free(match); |
| 449 | 3237 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); |
| 3238 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; | |
| 1927 | 3239 compl_shown_match = NULL; |
| 7 | 3240 } |
| 3241 | |
| 3242 static void | |
| 3243 ins_compl_clear() | |
| 3244 { | |
| 449 | 3245 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3246 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3247 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3248 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 3249 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 657 | 3250 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3251 compl_leader = NULL; | |
| 7 | 3252 edit_submode_extra = NULL; |
| 724 | 3253 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 3254 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 825 | 3255 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3256 } |
| 3257 | |
| 3258 /* | |
| 674 | 3259 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. |
| 3260 */ | |
| 3261 int | |
| 3262 ins_compl_active() | |
| 3263 { | |
| 3264 return compl_started; | |
| 3265 } | |
| 3266 | |
| 3267 /* | |
| 659 | 3268 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches |
| 3269 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. | |
| 836 | 3270 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char |
| 3271 * to be got from the user. | |
| 657 | 3272 */ |
| 3273 static int | |
| 3274 ins_compl_bs() | |
| 3275 { | |
| 3276 char_u *line; | |
| 3277 char_u *p; | |
| 3278 | |
| 836 | 3279 line = ml_get_curline(); |
| 3280 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 3281 mb_ptr_back(line, p); | |
| 3282 | |
| 1430 | 3283 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion |
| 3284 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ | |
| 3285 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 | |
| 3286 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 | |
| 3287 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) | |
| 836 | 3288 return K_BS; |
| 3289 | |
| 874 | 3290 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish |
| 3291 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ | |
| 3292 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length | |
| 3293 || compl_was_interrupted) | |
| 3294 ins_compl_restart(); | |
| 657 | 3295 |
| 3296 vim_free(compl_leader); | |
| 835 | 3297 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); |
| 657 | 3298 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 3299 { | |
| 874 | 3300 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3301 return NUL; | |
| 3302 } | |
| 3303 return K_BS; | |
| 3304 } | |
| 3305 | |
| 3306 /* | |
| 3307 * Called after changing "compl_leader". | |
| 3308 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. | |
| 3309 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. | |
| 3310 */ | |
| 3311 static void | |
| 3312 ins_compl_new_leader() | |
| 3313 { | |
| 3314 ins_compl_del_pum(); | |
| 3315 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 1782 | 3316 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 874 | 3317 compl_used_match = FALSE; |
| 3318 | |
| 3319 if (compl_started) | |
| 3320 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); | |
| 3321 else | |
| 3322 { | |
| 826 | 3323 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 874 | 3324 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ |
| 3325 #endif | |
| 3326 /* | |
| 3327 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display | |
| 3328 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to | |
| 3329 * avoid that the first match is inserted. | |
| 3330 */ | |
| 3331 update_screen(0); | |
| 3332 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 3333 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 3334 { | |
| 3335 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 3336 setcursor(); | |
| 3337 out_flush(); | |
| 3338 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 3339 } | |
| 3340 #endif | |
| 3341 compl_restarting = TRUE; | |
| 3342 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) | |
| 3343 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3344 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 3345 } | |
| 3346 | |
| 887 | 3347 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */ |
| 874 | 3348 if (!compl_used_match) |
| 3349 { | |
| 829 | 3350 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */ |
| 3351 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 3352 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)) | |
| 3353 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev; | |
| 3354 else | |
| 3355 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match; | |
| 3356 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 3357 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 874 | 3358 } |
| 887 | 3359 #endif |
| 3360 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; | |
| 874 | 3361 |
| 3362 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ | |
| 3363 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 947 | 3364 |
| 3365 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ | |
| 3366 if (compl_match_array == NULL) | |
| 3367 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; | |
| 657 | 3368 } |
| 3369 | |
| 3370 /* | |
| 1782 | 3371 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to |
| 3372 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. | |
| 3373 */ | |
| 3374 static int | |
| 3375 ins_compl_len() | |
| 3376 { | |
| 1869 | 3377 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 1782 | 3378 |
| 3379 if (off < 0) | |
| 3380 return 0; | |
| 3381 return off; | |
| 3382 } | |
| 3383 | |
| 3384 /* | |
| 657 | 3385 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3386 * matches. | |
| 3387 */ | |
| 3388 static void | |
| 3389 ins_compl_addleader(c) | |
| 3390 int c; | |
| 3391 { | |
| 3392 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3393 int cc; | |
| 3394 | |
| 3395 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) | |
| 3396 { | |
| 3397 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 3398 | |
| 3399 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 3400 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 3401 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 3402 } | |
| 3403 else | |
| 3404 #endif | |
| 3405 ins_char(c); | |
| 3406 | |
| 874 | 3407 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ |
| 3408 if (compl_was_interrupted) | |
| 3409 ins_compl_restart(); | |
| 3410 | |
| 657 | 3411 vim_free(compl_leader); |
| 3412 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, | |
| 1869 | 3413 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); |
| 657 | 3414 if (compl_leader != NULL) |
| 874 | 3415 ins_compl_new_leader(); |
| 3416 } | |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 /* | |
| 3419 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when | |
| 3420 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. | |
| 3421 */ | |
| 3422 static void | |
| 3423 ins_compl_restart() | |
| 3424 { | |
| 3425 ins_compl_free(); | |
| 3426 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 3427 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 3428 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 3429 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 694 | 3430 } |
| 3431 | |
| 3432 /* | |
| 3433 * Set the first match, the original text. | |
| 3434 */ | |
| 3435 static void | |
| 3436 ins_compl_set_original_text(str) | |
| 3437 char_u *str; | |
| 3438 { | |
| 3439 char_u *p; | |
| 3440 | |
| 3441 /* Replace the original text entry. */ | |
| 3442 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ | |
| 3443 { | |
| 3444 p = vim_strsave(str); | |
| 3445 if (p != NULL) | |
| 3446 { | |
| 3447 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); | |
| 3448 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; | |
| 3449 } | |
| 657 | 3450 } |
| 3451 } | |
| 3452 | |
| 3453 /* | |
| 659 | 3454 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of |
| 3455 * matches. | |
| 3456 */ | |
| 3457 static void | |
| 3458 ins_compl_addfrommatch() | |
| 3459 { | |
| 3460 char_u *p; | |
| 1869 | 3461 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 659 | 3462 int c; |
| 887 | 3463 compl_T *cp; |
| 659 | 3464 |
| 3465 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; | |
| 677 | 3466 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ |
| 887 | 3467 { |
| 3468 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches | |
| 3469 * the leader. */ | |
| 3470 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) | |
| 3471 { | |
| 3472 p = NULL; | |
| 3473 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL | |
| 3474 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) | |
| 3475 { | |
| 987 | 3476 if (compl_leader == NULL |
| 3477 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, | |
| 887 | 3478 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 3479 { | |
| 3480 p = cp->cp_str; | |
| 3481 break; | |
| 3482 } | |
| 3483 } | |
| 3484 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) | |
| 3485 return; | |
| 3486 } | |
| 3487 else | |
| 3488 return; | |
| 3489 } | |
| 659 | 3490 p += len; |
| 3491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3492 c = mb_ptr2char(p); | |
| 3493 #else | |
| 3494 c = *p; | |
| 3495 #endif | |
| 3496 ins_compl_addleader(c); | |
| 3497 } | |
| 3498 | |
| 3499 /* | |
| 7 | 3500 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. |
| 464 | 3501 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. |
| 540 | 3502 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; |
| 7 | 3503 */ |
| 540 | 3504 static int |
| 7 | 3505 ins_compl_prep(c) |
| 3506 int c; | |
| 3507 { | |
| 3508 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3509 int want_cindent; | |
| 540 | 3510 int retval = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3511 |
| 3512 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually | |
| 3513 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. | |
| 3514 */ | |
| 3515 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3516 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 3517 | |
| 1434 | 3518 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ |
| 3519 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP) | |
| 540 | 3520 return retval; |
| 7 | 3521 |
| 665 | 3522 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ |
| 3523 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET | |
| 3524 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) | |
| 3525 { | |
| 3526 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); | |
| 3527 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 3528 } | |
| 3529 | |
| 7 | 3530 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) |
| 3531 { | |
| 3532 /* | |
| 3533 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode | |
| 3534 * it will be yet. Now we decide. | |
| 3535 */ | |
| 3536 switch (c) | |
| 3537 { | |
| 3538 case Ctrl_E: | |
| 3539 case Ctrl_Y: | |
| 3540 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; | |
| 3541 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) | |
| 3542 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3543 else | |
| 3544 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); | |
| 3545 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 3546 showmode(); | |
| 3547 break; | |
| 3548 case Ctrl_L: | |
| 3549 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; | |
| 3550 break; | |
| 3551 case Ctrl_F: | |
| 3552 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; | |
| 3553 break; | |
| 3554 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 3555 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 3556 break; | |
| 3557 case Ctrl_R: | |
| 3558 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ | |
| 3559 break; | |
| 3560 case Ctrl_T: | |
| 3561 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 3562 break; | |
| 12 | 3563 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 3564 case Ctrl_U: | |
| 3565 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; | |
| 3566 break; | |
| 449 | 3567 case Ctrl_O: |
| 523 | 3568 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; |
| 449 | 3569 break; |
| 502 | 3570 #endif |
| 477 | 3571 case 's': |
| 3572 case Ctrl_S: | |
| 3573 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; | |
| 744 | 3574 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 819 | 3575 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ |
| 484 | 3576 spell_back_to_badword(); |
| 819 | 3577 --emsg_off; |
| 484 | 3578 #endif |
| 477 | 3579 break; |
| 7 | 3580 case Ctrl_RSB: |
| 3581 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 3582 break; | |
| 3583 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 3584 case Ctrl_I: | |
| 3585 case K_S_TAB: | |
| 3586 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 3587 break; | |
| 3588 case Ctrl_D: | |
| 3589 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 3590 break; | |
| 3591 #endif | |
| 3592 case Ctrl_V: | |
| 3593 case Ctrl_Q: | |
| 3594 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; | |
| 3595 break; | |
| 3596 case Ctrl_P: | |
| 3597 case Ctrl_N: | |
| 3598 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we | |
| 3599 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel | |
| 3600 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3601 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say | |
| 3602 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) | |
| 3603 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag | |
| 3604 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 3605 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) |
| 3606 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 3607 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) | |
| 3608 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 3609 /* FALLTHROUGH */ |
| 3610 default: | |
| 449 | 3611 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set |
| 3612 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X | |
| 3613 * mode). | |
| 3614 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible | |
| 3615 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same | |
| 3616 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). | |
| 3617 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start | |
| 3618 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. | |
| 3619 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING | |
| 3620 * mode -- Acevedo */ | |
| 7 | 3621 if (c == Ctrl_X) |
| 3622 { | |
| 449 | 3623 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) |
| 3624 compl_cont_status = 0; | |
| 7 | 3625 else |
| 449 | 3626 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; |
| 7 | 3627 } |
| 3628 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3629 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3630 showmode(); | |
| 3631 break; | |
| 3632 } | |
| 3633 } | |
| 3634 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) | |
| 3635 { | |
| 3636 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ | |
| 3637 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3638 { | |
| 3639 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 3640 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 3641 else | |
| 3642 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; | |
| 3643 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3644 } | |
| 3645 showmode(); | |
| 3646 } | |
| 3647 | |
| 449 | 3648 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 7 | 3649 { |
| 3650 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably | |
| 3651 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to | |
| 449 | 3652 * showing what mode we are in. */ |
| 7 | 3653 showmode(); |
| 644 | 3654 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R |
| 3655 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) | |
| 7 | 3656 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) |
| 3657 { | |
| 3658 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and | |
| 3659 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up | |
| 449 | 3660 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ |
| 836 | 3661 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) |
| 7 | 3662 { |
| 449 | 3663 char_u *p; |
| 938 | 3664 int temp = 0; |
| 449 | 3665 |
| 7 | 3666 /* |
| 836 | 3667 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when |
| 3668 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo | |
| 3669 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part | |
| 3670 * of the original text that has changed. | |
| 3671 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used | |
| 3672 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. | |
| 7 | 3673 */ |
| 836 | 3674 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) |
| 3675 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; | |
| 3676 else if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 3677 ptr = compl_leader; | |
| 3678 else | |
| 3679 ptr = compl_orig_text; | |
| 897 | 3680 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) |
| 3681 { | |
| 3682 p = compl_orig_text; | |
| 3683 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; | |
| 3684 ++temp) | |
| 3685 ; | |
| 836 | 3686 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 897 | 3687 if (temp > 0) |
| 3688 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp); | |
| 3689 #endif | |
| 3690 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) | |
| 3691 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); | |
| 3692 } | |
| 3693 if (ptr != NULL) | |
| 3694 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1); | |
| 7 | 3695 } |
| 3696 | |
| 3697 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3698 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); | |
| 3699 #endif | |
| 3700 /* | |
| 3701 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. | |
| 3702 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. | |
| 3703 */ | |
| 449 | 3704 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 7 | 3705 { |
| 3706 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3707 /* re-indent the current line */ | |
| 3708 if (want_cindent) | |
| 3709 { | |
| 3710 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3711 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ | |
| 3712 } | |
| 3713 #endif | |
| 3714 } | |
| 3715 else | |
| 3716 { | |
| 1073 | 3717 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 3718 | |
| 7 | 3719 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ |
| 1073 | 3720 if (prev_col > 0) |
| 3721 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3722 if (stop_arrow() == OK) |
| 3723 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); | |
| 1073 | 3724 if (prev_col > 0 |
| 3725 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) | |
| 3726 inc_cursor(); | |
| 7 | 3727 } |
| 3728 | |
| 816 | 3729 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting |
| 825 | 3730 * the selection without inserting anything. When |
| 3731 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ | |
| 3732 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects | |
| 3733 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) | |
| 3734 && pum_visible()) | |
| 540 | 3735 retval = TRUE; |
| 3736 | |
| 816 | 3737 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ |
| 3738 if (c == Ctrl_E) | |
| 3739 { | |
| 3740 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 3741 if (compl_leader != NULL) | |
| 1782 | 3742 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3743 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) |
| 1782 | 3744 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); |
| 816 | 3745 retval = TRUE; |
| 3746 } | |
| 3747 | |
| 1698 | 3748 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); |
| 3749 | |
| 7 | 3750 ins_compl_free(); |
| 449 | 3751 compl_started = FALSE; |
| 3752 compl_matches = 0; | |
| 7 | 3753 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ |
| 3754 ctrl_x_mode = 0; | |
| 825 | 3755 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; |
| 7 | 3756 if (edit_submode != NULL) |
| 3757 { | |
| 3758 edit_submode = NULL; | |
| 3759 showmode(); | |
| 3760 } | |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 3763 /* | |
| 3764 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. | |
| 3765 */ | |
| 3766 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) | |
| 3767 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 3768 #endif | |
| 3769 } | |
| 3770 } | |
| 3771 | |
| 3772 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be | |
| 3773 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ | |
| 3774 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) | |
| 3775 { | |
| 449 | 3776 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 3777 compl_cont_mode = 0; | |
| 7 | 3778 } |
| 540 | 3779 |
| 3780 return retval; | |
| 7 | 3781 } |
| 3782 | |
| 3783 /* | |
| 3784 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers | |
| 3785 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned | |
| 3786 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with | |
| 3787 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. | |
| 3788 * | |
| 3789 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo | |
| 3790 */ | |
| 3791 static buf_T * | |
| 3792 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) | |
| 3793 buf_T *buf; | |
| 3794 int flag; | |
| 3795 { | |
| 3796 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3797 static win_T *wp; | |
| 3798 #endif | |
| 3799 | |
| 3800 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ | |
| 3801 { | |
| 3802 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 3803 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ | |
| 3804 wp = curwin; | |
| 383 | 3805 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin |
| 7 | 3806 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) |
| 3807 ; | |
| 3808 buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 3809 #else | |
| 3810 buf = curbuf; | |
| 3811 #endif | |
| 3812 } | |
| 3813 else | |
| 3814 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' | |
| 3815 * (unlisted buffers) | |
| 3816 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ | |
| 383 | 3817 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf |
| 7 | 3818 && ((flag == 'U' |
| 3819 ? buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3820 : (!buf->b_p_bl | |
| 3821 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) | |
| 667 | 3822 || buf->b_scanned)) |
| 7 | 3823 ; |
| 3824 return buf; | |
| 3825 } | |
| 3826 | |
| 12 | 3827 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 659 | 3828 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); |
| 12 | 3829 |
| 3830 /* | |
| 523 | 3831 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and |
| 502 | 3832 * get matches in "matches". |
| 12 | 3833 */ |
| 659 | 3834 static void |
| 3835 expand_by_function(type, base) | |
| 523 | 3836 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ |
| 12 | 3837 char_u *base; |
| 3838 { | |
| 452 | 3839 list_T *matchlist; |
| 502 | 3840 char_u *args[2]; |
| 3841 char_u *funcname; | |
| 3842 pos_T pos; | |
| 3843 | |
| 3844 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 3845 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 659 | 3846 return; |
| 452 | 3847 |
| 3848 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ | |
| 3849 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; | |
| 502 | 3850 args[1] = base; |
| 3851 | |
| 3852 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 3853 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
| 3854 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
| 452 | 3855 if (matchlist == NULL) |
| 659 | 3856 return; |
| 3857 | |
| 724 | 3858 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); |
| 3859 list_unref(matchlist); | |
| 3860 } | |
| 3861 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ | |
| 3862 | |
| 786 | 3863 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 3864 /* |
| 3865 * Add completions from a list. | |
| 3866 */ | |
| 3867 static void | |
| 3868 ins_compl_add_list(list) | |
| 3869 list_T *list; | |
| 3870 { | |
| 3871 listitem_T *li; | |
| 3872 int dir = compl_direction; | |
| 3873 | |
| 659 | 3874 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ |
| 724 | 3875 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) |
| 452 | 3876 { |
| 786 | 3877 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) |
| 3878 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ | |
| 3879 dir = FORWARD; | |
| 648 | 3880 else if (did_emsg) |
| 3881 break; | |
| 452 | 3882 } |
| 724 | 3883 } |
| 786 | 3884 |
| 3885 /* | |
| 3886 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. | |
| 3887 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return | |
| 3888 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, | |
| 3889 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. | |
| 3890 */ | |
| 3891 int | |
| 3892 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) | |
| 3893 typval_T *tv; | |
| 3894 int dir; | |
| 3895 { | |
| 3896 char_u *word; | |
| 867 | 3897 int icase = FALSE; |
| 944 | 3898 int adup = FALSE; |
| 786 | 3899 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); |
| 3900 | |
| 3901 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) | |
| 3902 { | |
| 3903 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); | |
| 3904 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3905 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); | |
| 3906 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3907 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); | |
| 3908 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3909 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); | |
| 3910 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, | |
| 3911 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); | |
| 3912 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) | |
| 3913 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); | |
| 841 | 3914 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) |
| 944 | 3915 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); |
| 786 | 3916 } |
| 3917 else | |
| 3918 { | |
| 3919 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); | |
| 3920 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); | |
| 3921 } | |
| 3922 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL) | |
| 3923 return FAIL; | |
| 944 | 3924 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); |
| 786 | 3925 } |
| 724 | 3926 #endif |
| 12 | 3927 |
| 449 | 3928 /* |
| 3929 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". | |
| 659 | 3930 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction |
| 3931 * compl_direction. | |
| 667 | 3932 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue |
| 3933 * where we stopped searching before. | |
| 449 | 3934 * This may return before finding all the matches. |
| 3935 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo | |
| 7 | 3936 */ |
| 3937 static int | |
| 659 | 3938 ins_compl_get_exp(ini) |
| 7 | 3939 pos_T *ini; |
| 3940 { | |
| 3941 static pos_T first_match_pos; | |
| 3942 static pos_T last_match_pos; | |
| 3943 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ | |
| 449 | 3944 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a |
| 3945 certain type. */ | |
| 3946 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ | |
| 7 | 3947 |
| 464 | 3948 pos_T *pos; |
| 3949 char_u **matches; | |
| 3950 int save_p_scs; | |
| 3951 int save_p_ws; | |
| 3952 int save_p_ic; | |
| 3953 int i; | |
| 3954 int num_matches; | |
| 3955 int len; | |
| 3956 int found_new_match; | |
| 3957 int type = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 3958 char_u *ptr; | |
| 3959 char_u *dict = NULL; | |
| 3960 int dict_f = 0; | |
| 3961 compl_T *old_match; | |
| 7 | 3962 |
| 449 | 3963 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 3964 { |
| 3965 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) | |
| 3966 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; | |
| 3967 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 3968 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 449 | 3969 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) |
| 12 | 3970 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; |
| 7 | 3971 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; |
| 3972 } | |
| 3973 | |
| 449 | 3974 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ |
| 659 | 3975 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; |
| 7 | 3976 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ |
| 3977 for (;;) | |
| 3978 { | |
| 3979 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 3980 | |
| 449 | 3981 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, |
| 7 | 3982 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the |
| 3983 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ | |
| 3984 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 3985 && (!compl_started || found_all)) |
| 7 | 3986 { |
| 3987 found_all = FALSE; | |
| 3988 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') | |
| 3989 e_cpt++; | |
| 3990 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) | |
| 3991 { | |
| 3992 ins_buf = curbuf; | |
| 3993 first_match_pos = *ini; | |
| 3994 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ | |
| 3995 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) | |
| 3996 dec(&first_match_pos); | |
| 3997 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; | |
| 3998 type = 0; | |
| 3999 } | |
| 4000 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL | |
| 4001 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) | |
| 4002 { | |
| 4003 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ | |
| 4004 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ | |
| 4005 { | |
| 449 | 4006 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4007 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; |
| 4008 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 4009 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; | |
| 4010 type = 0; | |
| 4011 } | |
| 4012 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ | |
| 4013 { | |
| 4014 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4015 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) | |
| 4016 continue; | |
| 4017 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4018 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; | |
| 4019 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; | |
| 4020 } | |
| 274 | 4021 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), |
| 7 | 4022 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL |
| 4023 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) | |
| 4024 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL | |
| 4025 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname | |
| 4026 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); | |
| 1869 | 4027 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4028 } |
| 4029 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) | |
| 4030 break; | |
| 4031 else | |
| 4032 { | |
| 4033 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4034 type = -1; | |
| 4035 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') | |
| 4036 { | |
| 4037 if (*e_cpt == 'k') | |
| 4038 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; | |
| 4039 else | |
| 4040 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; | |
| 4041 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) | |
| 4042 { | |
| 4043 dict = e_cpt; | |
| 4044 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; | |
| 4045 } | |
| 4046 } | |
| 4047 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4048 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') | |
| 4049 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; | |
| 4050 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') | |
| 4051 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; | |
| 4052 #endif | |
| 4053 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') | |
| 4054 { | |
| 4055 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; | |
| 1872 | 4056 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); |
| 1869 | 4057 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); |
| 7 | 4058 } |
| 4059 else | |
| 4060 type = -1; | |
| 4061 | |
| 4062 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ | |
| 4063 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); | |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4066 if (type == -1) | |
| 4067 continue; | |
| 4068 } | |
| 4069 } | |
| 4070 | |
| 4071 switch (type) | |
| 4072 { | |
| 4073 case -1: | |
| 4074 break; | |
| 4075 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID | |
| 4076 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: | |
| 4077 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: | |
| 659 | 4078 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, |
| 449 | 4079 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, |
| 7 | 4080 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES |
| 449 | 4081 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4082 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, |
| 4083 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); | |
| 4084 break; | |
| 4085 #endif | |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: | |
| 4088 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: | |
| 4089 ins_compl_dictionaries( | |
| 703 | 4090 dict != NULL ? dict |
| 7 | 4091 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS |
| 4092 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL | |
| 4093 ? p_tsr | |
| 4094 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) | |
| 4095 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL | |
| 4096 ? p_dict | |
| 4097 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), | |
| 659 | 4098 compl_pattern, |
| 703 | 4099 dict != NULL ? dict_f |
| 4100 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); | |
| 7 | 4101 dict = NULL; |
| 4102 break; | |
| 4103 | |
| 4104 case CTRL_X_TAGS: | |
| 4105 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ | |
| 4106 save_p_ic = p_ic; | |
| 449 | 4107 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4108 |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4109 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number |
| 449 | 4110 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ |
| 4111 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, | |
| 7 | 4112 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | |
| 4113 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), | |
| 4114 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) | |
| 4115 { | |
| 942 | 4116 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 7 | 4117 } |
| 4118 p_ic = save_p_ic; | |
| 4119 break; | |
| 4120 | |
| 4121 case CTRL_X_FILES: | |
| 449 | 4122 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, |
| 7 | 4123 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) |
| 4124 { | |
| 4125 | |
| 4126 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ | |
| 449 | 4127 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); |
| 681 | 4128 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, |
| 4129 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME | |
| 4130 TRUE | |
| 4131 #else | |
| 4132 FALSE | |
| 4133 #endif | |
| 4134 ); | |
| 7 | 4135 } |
| 4136 break; | |
| 4137 | |
| 4138 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: | |
| 449 | 4139 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4140 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), | |
| 7 | 4141 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) |
| 681 | 4142 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4143 break; |
| 4144 | |
| 12 | 4145 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4146 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: | |
| 523 | 4147 case CTRL_X_OMNI: |
| 659 | 4148 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); |
| 12 | 4149 break; |
| 4150 #endif | |
| 4151 | |
| 477 | 4152 case CTRL_X_SPELL: |
| 744 | 4153 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 477 | 4154 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, |
| 1872 | 4155 compl_pattern, &matches); |
| 477 | 4156 if (num_matches > 0) |
| 942 | 4157 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); |
| 477 | 4158 #endif |
| 4159 break; | |
| 4160 | |
| 7 | 4161 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ |
| 4162 /* | |
| 4163 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here | |
| 4164 */ | |
| 4165 save_p_scs = p_scs; | |
| 4166 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) | |
| 4167 p_scs = FALSE; | |
| 449 | 4168 |
| 7 | 4169 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the |
| 4170 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this | |
| 4171 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set | |
| 4172 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ | |
| 4173 save_p_ws = p_ws; | |
| 4174 if (ins_buf != curbuf) | |
| 4175 p_ws = FALSE; | |
| 4176 else if (*e_cpt == '.') | |
| 4177 p_ws = TRUE; | |
| 4178 for (;;) | |
| 4179 { | |
| 464 | 4180 int flags = 0; |
| 7 | 4181 |
| 1007 | 4182 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ |
| 4183 | |
| 540 | 4184 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that |
| 4185 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ | |
| 7 | 4186 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE |
| 449 | 4187 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) |
| 7 | 4188 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, |
| 659 | 4189 compl_direction, compl_pattern); |
| 7 | 4190 else |
| 659 | 4191 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, |
| 4192 compl_direction, | |
| 449 | 4193 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, |
| 1496 | 4194 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); |
| 1007 | 4195 --msg_silent; |
| 449 | 4196 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4197 { |
| 667 | 4198 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ |
| 449 | 4199 compl_started = TRUE; |
| 7 | 4200 first_match_pos = *pos; |
| 4201 last_match_pos = *pos; | |
| 4202 } | |
| 4203 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum | |
| 665 | 4204 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) |
| 7 | 4205 found_new_match = FAIL; |
| 4206 if (found_new_match == FAIL) | |
| 4207 { | |
| 4208 if (ins_buf == curbuf) | |
| 4209 found_all = TRUE; | |
| 4210 break; | |
| 4211 } | |
| 4212 | |
| 4213 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ | |
| 449 | 4214 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf |
| 7 | 4215 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum |
| 4216 && ini->col == pos->col) | |
| 4217 continue; | |
| 4218 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; | |
| 4219 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4220 { | |
| 449 | 4221 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4222 { |
| 4223 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4224 continue; | |
| 4225 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4226 if (!p_paste) | |
| 4227 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4228 } | |
| 4229 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 4230 } | |
| 4231 else | |
| 4232 { | |
| 449 | 4233 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; |
| 4234 | |
| 4235 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 4236 { |
| 449 | 4237 tmp_ptr += compl_length; |
| 7 | 4238 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ |
| 4239 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) | |
| 4240 continue; | |
| 4241 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4242 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4243 } | |
| 4244 /* Find end of this word. */ | |
| 4245 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4246 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4247 | |
| 449 | 4248 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 4249 && len == compl_length) | |
| 7 | 4250 { |
| 4251 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 4252 { | |
| 4253 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be | |
| 4254 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. | |
| 4255 * IOSIZE is always greater than | |
| 449 | 4256 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always |
| 7 | 4257 * works -- Acevedo */ |
| 4258 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); | |
| 4259 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 4260 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); | |
| 4261 /* Find start of next word. */ | |
| 4262 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4263 /* Find end of next word. */ | |
| 4264 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); | |
| 4265 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) | |
| 4266 { | |
| 419 | 4267 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) |
| 7 | 4268 { |
| 419 | 4269 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') |
| 7 | 4270 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4271 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ | |
| 4272 if (p_js | |
| 419 | 4273 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' |
| 7 | 4274 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) |
| 4275 == NULL | |
| 419 | 4276 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' |
| 4277 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) | |
| 7 | 4278 IObuff[len++] = ' '; |
| 4279 } | |
|
2047
85da03763130
updated for version 7.2.333
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2025
diff
changeset
|
4280 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ |
| 7 | 4281 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) |
| 4282 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; | |
| 4283 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 4284 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); | |
| 464 | 4285 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 4286 } |
| 4287 IObuff[len] = NUL; | |
| 4288 ptr = IObuff; | |
| 4289 } | |
| 449 | 4290 if (len == compl_length) |
| 7 | 4291 continue; |
| 4292 } | |
| 4293 } | |
| 942 | 4294 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, |
| 540 | 4295 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, |
| 659 | 4296 0, flags) != NOTDONE) |
| 7 | 4297 { |
| 4298 found_new_match = OK; | |
| 4299 break; | |
| 4300 } | |
| 4301 } | |
| 4302 p_scs = save_p_scs; | |
| 4303 p_ws = save_p_ws; | |
| 4304 } | |
| 540 | 4305 |
| 449 | 4306 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of |
| 1796 | 4307 * expansion added something) */ |
| 540 | 4308 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) |
| 7 | 4309 found_new_match = OK; |
| 4310 | |
| 4311 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the | |
| 4312 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ | |
| 4313 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4314 || found_new_match != FAIL) |
| 540 | 4315 { |
| 4316 if (got_int) | |
| 4317 break; | |
| 665 | 4318 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ |
| 989 | 4319 if (type != -1) |
| 540 | 4320 ins_compl_check_keys(0); |
| 665 | 4321 |
| 540 | 4322 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) |
| 4323 || compl_interrupted) | |
| 4324 break; | |
| 4325 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 4326 } | |
| 4327 else | |
| 4328 { | |
| 4329 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ | |
| 4330 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) | |
| 4331 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; | |
| 4332 | |
| 4333 compl_started = FALSE; | |
| 4334 } | |
| 449 | 4335 } |
| 4336 compl_started = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4337 |
| 4338 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4339 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ | |
| 4340 found_new_match = FAIL; | |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ | |
| 4343 if (found_new_match == FAIL | |
| 4344 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) | |
| 4345 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); | |
| 4346 | |
| 4347 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has | |
| 449 | 4348 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next |
| 4349 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ | |
| 724 | 4350 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next |
| 4351 : old_match->cp_prev; | |
| 449 | 4352 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) |
| 4353 compl_curr_match = old_match; | |
| 7 | 4354 return i; |
| 4355 } | |
| 4356 | |
| 4357 /* Delete the old text being completed. */ | |
| 4358 static void | |
| 4359 ins_compl_delete() | |
| 4360 { | |
| 4361 int i; | |
| 4362 | |
| 4363 /* | |
| 4364 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. | |
| 4365 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. | |
| 4366 */ | |
| 449 | 4367 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); |
| 7 | 4368 backspace_until_column(i); |
| 4369 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 4370 } | |
| 4371 | |
| 4372 /* Insert the new text being completed. */ | |
| 4373 static void | |
| 4374 ins_compl_insert() | |
| 4375 { | |
| 1782 | 4376 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); |
| 683 | 4377 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 4378 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 4379 else | |
| 4380 compl_used_match = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 4381 } |
| 4382 | |
| 4383 /* | |
| 4384 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. | |
| 464 | 4385 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to |
| 4386 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there | |
| 4387 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when | |
| 4388 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing | |
| 4389 * through the ones found so far. | |
| 7 | 4390 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. |
| 4391 * | |
| 449 | 4392 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use |
| 4393 * compl_shown_match here. | |
| 7 | 4394 * |
| 4395 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with | |
| 464 | 4396 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn |
| 4397 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. | |
| 7 | 4398 */ |
| 4399 static int | |
| 665 | 4400 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) |
| 7 | 4401 int allow_get_expansion; |
| 610 | 4402 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should |
| 4403 be at least 1 */ | |
| 665 | 4404 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ |
| 7 | 4405 { |
| 4406 int num_matches = -1; | |
| 4407 int i; | |
| 610 | 4408 int todo = count; |
| 657 | 4409 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; |
| 4410 int found_end = FALSE; | |
| 836 | 4411 int advance; |
| 7 | 4412 |
| 665 | 4413 if (compl_leader != NULL |
| 4414 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) | |
| 4415 { | |
| 4416 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ | |
| 4417 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ | |
| 681 | 4418 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4419 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) |
| 665 | 4420 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL |
| 4421 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) | |
| 4422 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 887 | 4423 |
| 4424 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is | |
| 4425 * backward, find the last match. */ | |
| 4426 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4427 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4428 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4429 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL | |
| 4430 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) | |
| 4431 { | |
| 4432 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, | |
| 4433 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) | |
| 4434 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL | |
| 4435 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) | |
| 4436 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4437 } | |
| 665 | 4438 } |
| 4439 | |
| 4440 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match | |
| 874 | 4441 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) |
| 7 | 4442 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ |
| 4443 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 665 | 4444 |
| 836 | 4445 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, |
| 4446 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ | |
| 4447 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; | |
| 4448 | |
| 874 | 4449 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ |
| 4450 if (compl_restarting) | |
| 4451 { | |
| 4452 advance = FALSE; | |
| 4453 compl_restarting = FALSE; | |
| 4454 } | |
| 4455 | |
| 610 | 4456 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap |
| 4457 * around. */ | |
| 4458 while (--todo >= 0) | |
| 4459 { | |
| 4460 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4461 { | |
| 4462 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 657 | 4463 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL |
| 4464 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match | |
| 4465 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); | |
| 610 | 4466 } |
| 4467 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD | |
| 4468 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4469 { | |
| 657 | 4470 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 610 | 4471 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; |
| 657 | 4472 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); |
| 7 | 4473 } |
| 4474 else | |
| 610 | 4475 { |
| 909 | 4476 if (!allow_get_expansion) |
| 4477 { | |
| 4478 if (advance) | |
| 4479 { | |
| 4480 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4481 compl_pending -= todo + 1; | |
| 4482 else | |
| 4483 compl_pending += todo + 1; | |
| 4484 } | |
| 4485 return -1; | |
| 4486 } | |
| 4487 | |
| 836 | 4488 if (advance) |
| 4489 { | |
| 4490 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) | |
| 4491 --compl_pending; | |
| 4492 else | |
| 4493 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4494 } | |
| 657 | 4495 |
| 874 | 4496 /* Find matches. */ |
| 659 | 4497 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); |
| 909 | 4498 |
| 4499 /* handle any pending completions */ | |
| 4500 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir | |
| 836 | 4501 && advance) |
| 909 | 4502 { |
| 4503 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) | |
| 4504 { | |
| 4505 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; | |
| 4506 --compl_pending; | |
| 4507 } | |
| 4508 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) | |
| 4509 { | |
| 4510 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; | |
| 4511 ++compl_pending; | |
| 4512 } | |
| 4513 else | |
| 4514 break; | |
| 4515 } | |
| 657 | 4516 found_end = FALSE; |
| 4517 } | |
| 4518 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 | |
| 4519 && compl_leader != NULL | |
| 681 | 4520 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, |
| 835 | 4521 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) |
| 657 | 4522 ++todo; |
| 4523 else | |
| 4524 /* Remember a matching item. */ | |
| 4525 found_compl = compl_shown_match; | |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ | |
| 4528 if (found_end) | |
| 4529 { | |
| 4530 if (found_compl != NULL) | |
| 610 | 4531 { |
| 657 | 4532 compl_shown_match = found_compl; |
| 4533 break; | |
| 610 | 4534 } |
| 657 | 4535 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ |
| 610 | 4536 } |
| 7 | 4537 } |
| 4538 | |
| 665 | 4539 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ |
| 4540 if (insert_match) | |
| 4541 { | |
| 4542 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) | |
| 4543 ins_compl_insert(); | |
| 4544 else | |
| 1782 | 4545 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); |
| 665 | 4546 } |
| 4547 else | |
| 4548 compl_used_match = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 4549 |
| 4550 if (!allow_get_expansion) | |
| 4551 { | |
| 540 | 4552 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ |
| 4553 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 4554 | |
| 665 | 4555 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ |
| 4556 update_screen(0); | |
| 4557 | |
| 540 | 4558 /* display the updated popup menu */ |
| 4559 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 864 | 4560 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 4561 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 4562 { | |
| 4563 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ | |
| 4564 setcursor(); | |
| 4565 out_flush(); | |
| 4566 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 4567 } | |
| 4568 #endif | |
| 540 | 4569 |
| 7 | 4570 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and |
| 4571 * don't want to match ourselves! */ | |
| 4572 ins_compl_delete(); | |
| 4573 } | |
| 4574 | |
| 825 | 4575 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup |
| 1219 | 4576 * menu is visible. */ |
| 825 | 4577 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; |
| 4578 | |
| 7 | 4579 /* |
| 4580 * Show the file name for the match (if any) | |
| 4581 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. | |
| 4582 */ | |
| 464 | 4583 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) |
| 7 | 4584 { |
| 4585 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); | |
| 464 | 4586 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; |
| 7 | 4587 if (i <= 0) |
| 4588 i = 0; | |
| 4589 else | |
| 4590 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); | |
| 464 | 4591 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); |
| 7 | 4592 msg(IObuff); |
| 4593 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ | |
| 4594 } | |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 return num_matches; | |
| 4597 } | |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 /* | |
| 4600 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key | |
| 4601 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion | |
| 716 | 4602 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as |
| 7 | 4603 * possible. -- webb |
| 464 | 4604 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. |
| 7 | 4605 */ |
| 4606 void | |
| 464 | 4607 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) |
| 4608 int frequency; | |
| 7 | 4609 { |
| 4610 static int count = 0; | |
| 4611 | |
| 4612 int c; | |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test | |
| 4615 * scripts */ | |
| 4616 if (using_script()) | |
| 4617 return; | |
| 4618 | |
| 4619 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ | |
| 464 | 4620 if (++count < frequency) |
| 7 | 4621 return; |
| 4622 count = 0; | |
| 4623 | |
| 909 | 4624 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() |
| 4625 * can't do its work correctly. */ | |
| 7 | 4626 c = vpeekc_any(); |
| 4627 if (c != NUL) | |
| 4628 { | |
| 4629 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) | |
| 4630 { | |
| 4631 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ | |
| 610 | 4632 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 665 | 4633 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), |
| 4634 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); | |
| 7 | 4635 } |
| 909 | 4636 else |
| 4637 { | |
| 4638 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it | |
| 1526 | 4639 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ |
| 909 | 4640 c = safe_vgetc(); |
| 1526 | 4641 if (c != K_IGNORE) |
| 4642 { | |
| 4643 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, | |
| 4644 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ | |
| 4645 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) | |
| 4646 compl_interrupted = TRUE; | |
| 4647 | |
| 4648 vungetc(c); | |
| 4649 } | |
| 909 | 4650 } |
| 449 | 4651 } |
| 716 | 4652 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) |
| 909 | 4653 { |
| 4654 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; | |
| 4655 | |
| 4656 compl_pending = 0; | |
| 4657 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); | |
| 4658 } | |
| 610 | 4659 } |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 /* | |
| 4662 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. | |
| 4663 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. | |
| 4664 */ | |
| 4665 static int | |
| 4666 ins_compl_key2dir(c) | |
| 4667 int c; | |
| 4668 { | |
| 665 | 4669 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L |
| 4670 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP | |
| 4671 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) | |
| 610 | 4672 return BACKWARD; |
| 4673 return FORWARD; | |
| 4674 } | |
| 4675 | |
| 4676 /* | |
| 644 | 4677 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu |
| 4678 * is visible. | |
| 4679 */ | |
| 4680 static int | |
| 4681 ins_compl_pum_key(c) | |
| 4682 int c; | |
| 4683 { | |
| 4684 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP | |
| 665 | 4685 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN |
| 4686 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); | |
| 644 | 4687 } |
| 4688 | |
| 4689 /* | |
| 610 | 4690 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. |
| 4691 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. | |
| 4692 */ | |
| 4693 static int | |
| 4694 ins_compl_key2count(c) | |
| 4695 int c; | |
| 4696 { | |
| 4697 int h; | |
| 4698 | |
| 665 | 4699 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) |
| 610 | 4700 { |
| 4701 h = pum_get_height(); | |
| 4702 if (h > 3) | |
| 4703 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ | |
| 4704 return h; | |
| 4705 } | |
| 4706 return 1; | |
| 7 | 4707 } |
| 4708 | |
| 4709 /* | |
| 681 | 4710 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only |
| 4711 * to change the currently selected completion. | |
| 4712 */ | |
| 4713 static int | |
| 4714 ins_compl_use_match(c) | |
| 4715 int c; | |
| 4716 { | |
| 4717 switch (c) | |
| 4718 { | |
| 4719 case K_UP: | |
| 4720 case K_DOWN: | |
| 4721 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 4722 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 4723 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 4724 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 4725 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 4726 case K_S_UP: | |
| 4727 return FALSE; | |
| 4728 } | |
| 4729 return TRUE; | |
| 4730 } | |
| 4731 | |
| 4732 /* | |
| 7 | 4733 * Do Insert mode completion. |
| 4734 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. | |
| 4735 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). | |
| 4736 */ | |
| 4737 static int | |
| 4738 ins_complete(c) | |
| 449 | 4739 int c; |
| 7 | 4740 { |
| 449 | 4741 char_u *line; |
| 4742 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ | |
| 4743 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ | |
| 4744 int n; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
4745 int save_w_wrow; |
| 7 | 4746 |
| 610 | 4747 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); |
| 449 | 4748 if (!compl_started) |
| 7 | 4749 { |
| 4750 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ | |
| 4751 | |
| 4752 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 4753 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 4754 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 4755 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 4756 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 4757 #endif | |
| 4758 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 4759 return FAIL; | |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 449 | 4762 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 716 | 4763 compl_pending = 0; |
| 7 | 4764 |
| 1430 | 4765 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from |
| 449 | 4766 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word |
| 4767 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if | |
| 1430 | 4768 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it |
| 4769 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL | |
| 4770 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of | |
| 4771 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ | |
| 665 | 4772 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT |
| 4773 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) | |
| 7 | 4774 { |
| 4775 /* | |
| 4776 * it is a continued search | |
| 4777 */ | |
| 449 | 4778 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ |
| 7 | 4779 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS |
| 4780 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) | |
| 4781 { | |
| 449 | 4782 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) |
| 7 | 4783 { |
| 449 | 4784 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the |
| 4785 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar | |
| 4786 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't | |
| 4787 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ | |
| 4788 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); | |
| 4789 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 4790 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 4791 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ | |
| 7 | 4792 } |
| 4793 else | |
| 4794 { | |
| 4795 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the | |
| 4796 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL | |
| 449 | 4797 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ |
| 4798 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) | |
| 7 | 4799 { |
| 449 | 4800 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; |
| 4801 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( | |
| 4802 line + compl_length | |
| 4803 + compl_startpos.col) - line); | |
| 7 | 4804 } |
| 449 | 4805 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; |
| 7 | 4806 } |
| 449 | 4807 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; |
| 502 | 4808 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we |
| 1796 | 4809 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ |
| 7 | 4810 #define MIN_SPACE 75 |
| 449 | 4811 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) |
| 7 | 4812 { |
| 449 | 4813 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; |
| 4814 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); | |
| 4815 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; | |
| 7 | 4816 } |
| 449 | 4817 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 4818 if (compl_length < 1) | |
| 4819 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; | |
| 7 | 4820 } |
| 4821 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 449 | 4822 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 7 | 4823 else |
| 449 | 4824 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 7 | 4825 } |
| 4826 else | |
| 449 | 4827 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ | |
| 4830 { | |
| 4831 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; | |
| 7 | 4832 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ |
| 449 | 4833 compl_cont_status = 0; |
| 4834 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; | |
| 4835 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 4836 startcol = (int)curs_col; | |
| 4837 compl_col = 0; | |
| 7 | 4838 } |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ | |
| 4841 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) | |
| 4842 { | |
| 449 | 4843 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) |
| 7 | 4844 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) |
| 4845 { | |
| 449 | 4846 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) |
| 7 | 4847 { |
| 449 | 4848 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4849 ; |
| 449 | 4850 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4851 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; | |
| 7 | 4852 } |
| 4853 if (p_ic) | |
| 449 | 4854 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, |
| 4855 compl_length, NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 4856 else |
| 449 | 4857 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, |
| 4858 compl_length); | |
| 4859 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4860 return FAIL; |
| 4861 } | |
| 449 | 4862 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) |
| 7 | 4863 { |
| 4864 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; | |
| 4865 | |
| 1872 | 4866 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ |
| 449 | 4867 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 4868 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 4869 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 4870 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4871 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) |
| 4872 || (compl_col > 0 | |
| 7 | 4873 && ( |
| 4874 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 449 | 4875 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) |
| 7 | 4876 #else |
| 449 | 4877 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) |
| 7 | 4878 #endif |
| 4879 ))) | |
| 4880 prefix = (char_u *)""; | |
| 449 | 4881 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); |
| 4882 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), | |
| 4883 line + compl_col, compl_length); | |
| 7 | 4884 } |
| 449 | 4885 else if (--startcol < 0 || |
| 7 | 4886 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 449 | 4887 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) |
| 7 | 4888 #else |
| 449 | 4889 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) |
| 7 | 4890 #endif |
| 4891 ) | |
| 4892 { | |
| 4893 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ | |
| 449 | 4894 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); |
| 4895 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4896 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4897 compl_col += curs_col; |
| 4898 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 4899 } |
| 4900 else | |
| 4901 { | |
| 4902 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4903 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character | |
| 4904 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ | |
| 4905 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 4906 { | |
| 4907 int base_class; | |
| 4908 int head_off; | |
| 4909 | |
| 449 | 4910 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 4911 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); | |
| 4912 while (--startcol >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4913 { |
| 449 | 4914 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); |
| 4915 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol | |
| 4916 - head_off)) | |
| 7 | 4917 break; |
| 449 | 4918 startcol -= head_off; |
| 7 | 4919 } |
| 4920 } | |
| 4921 else | |
| 4922 #endif | |
| 449 | 4923 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4924 ; |
| 449 | 4925 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4926 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 4927 if (compl_length == 1) | |
| 7 | 4928 { |
| 4929 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb | |
| 4930 * there's no need to call quote_meta, | |
| 4931 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo | |
| 4932 */ | |
| 449 | 4933 compl_pattern = alloc(7); |
| 4934 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4935 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4936 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 4937 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); | |
| 4938 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); | |
| 7 | 4939 } |
| 4940 else | |
| 4941 { | |
| 449 | 4942 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, |
| 1872 | 4943 compl_length) + 2); |
| 449 | 4944 if (compl_pattern == NULL) |
| 7 | 4945 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4946 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); |
| 4947 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, | |
| 4948 compl_length); | |
| 7 | 4949 } |
| 4950 } | |
| 4951 } | |
| 4952 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 4953 { | |
| 835 | 4954 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 449 | 4955 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; |
| 4956 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ | |
| 4957 compl_length = 0; | |
| 7 | 4958 if (p_ic) |
| 449 | 4959 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, |
| 4960 NULL, 0); | |
| 7 | 4961 else |
| 449 | 4962 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 4963 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4964 return FAIL; |
| 4965 } | |
| 4966 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) | |
| 4967 { | |
| 449 | 4968 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) |
| 7 | 4969 ; |
| 449 | 4970 compl_col += ++startcol; |
| 4971 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; | |
| 4972 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, | |
| 4973 EXPAND_FILES); | |
| 4974 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4975 return FAIL; |
| 4976 } | |
| 4977 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) | |
| 4978 { | |
| 449 | 4979 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); |
| 4980 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 7 | 4981 return FAIL; |
| 449 | 4982 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, |
| 4983 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); | |
| 4984 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL | |
| 4985 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) | |
| 935 | 4986 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a |
| 4987 * "pattern not found" message. */ | |
| 897 | 4988 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 4989 else | |
| 935 | 4990 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); |
| 4991 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 7 | 4992 } |
| 523 | 4993 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) |
| 502 | 4994 { |
| 12 | 4995 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC |
| 4996 /* | |
| 502 | 4997 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" |
| 4998 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. | |
| 12 | 4999 */ |
| 502 | 5000 char_u *args[2]; |
| 452 | 5001 int col; |
| 502 | 5002 char_u *funcname; |
| 5003 pos_T pos; | |
| 5004 | |
| 523 | 5005 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a |
| 502 | 5006 * string */ |
| 5007 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5008 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; | |
| 5009 if (*funcname == NUL) | |
| 523 | 5010 { |
| 5011 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION | |
| 5012 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); | |
| 12 | 5013 return FAIL; |
| 523 | 5014 } |
| 452 | 5015 |
| 5016 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; | |
| 502 | 5017 args[1] = NULL; |
| 5018 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 5019 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); | |
| 5020 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ | |
| 5021 | |
| 452 | 5022 if (col < 0) |
| 523 | 5023 col = curs_col; |
| 452 | 5024 compl_col = col; |
| 1872 | 5025 if (compl_col > curs_col) |
| 452 | 5026 compl_col = curs_col; |
| 449 | 5027 |
| 5028 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, | |
| 5029 * it may have become invalid. */ | |
| 5030 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 452 | 5031 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; |
| 449 | 5032 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5033 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 502 | 5034 #endif |
| 449 | 5035 return FAIL; |
| 5036 } | |
| 477 | 5037 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) |
| 5038 { | |
| 744 | 5039 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 497 | 5040 if (spell_bad_len > 0) |
| 5041 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; | |
| 5042 else | |
| 5043 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); | |
| 5044 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) | |
| 897 | 5045 { |
| 5046 compl_length = 0; | |
| 5047 compl_col = curs_col; | |
| 5048 } | |
| 5049 else | |
| 5050 { | |
| 5051 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); | |
| 5052 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; | |
| 5053 } | |
| 818 | 5054 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ |
| 5055 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 477 | 5056 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5057 if (compl_pattern == NULL) | |
| 5058 #endif | |
| 5059 return FAIL; | |
| 5060 } | |
| 449 | 5061 else |
| 5062 { | |
| 5063 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); | |
| 5064 return FAIL; | |
| 5065 } | |
| 5066 | |
| 5067 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5068 { |
| 5069 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); | |
| 5070 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) | |
| 5071 { | |
| 5072 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ | |
| 5073 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5074 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; | |
| 5075 | |
| 5076 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; | |
| 5077 #endif | |
| 449 | 5078 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; |
| 5079 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; | |
| 7 | 5080 ins_eol('\r'); |
| 5081 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5082 curbuf->b_p_com = old; | |
| 5083 #endif | |
| 449 | 5084 compl_length = 0; |
| 5085 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 7 | 5086 } |
| 5087 } | |
| 5088 else | |
| 5089 { | |
| 5090 edit_submode_pre = NULL; | |
| 449 | 5091 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; |
| 5092 } | |
| 5093 | |
| 5094 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) | |
| 5095 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); | |
| 7 | 5096 else |
| 5097 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); | |
| 5098 | |
| 694 | 5099 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ |
| 5100 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 449 | 5101 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); |
| 5102 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, | |
| 942 | 5103 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) |
| 449 | 5104 { |
| 5105 vim_free(compl_pattern); | |
| 5106 compl_pattern = NULL; | |
| 5107 vim_free(compl_orig_text); | |
| 5108 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 7 | 5109 return FAIL; |
| 5110 } | |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must | |
| 5113 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no | |
| 5114 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. | |
| 5115 */ | |
| 5116 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); | |
| 5117 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5118 showmode(); | |
| 5119 edit_submode_extra = NULL; | |
| 5120 out_flush(); | |
| 5121 } | |
| 5122 | |
| 449 | 5123 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; |
| 5124 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; | |
| 7 | 5125 |
| 5126 /* | |
| 665 | 5127 * Find next match (and following matches). |
| 7 | 5128 */ |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5129 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; |
| 681 | 5130 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); |
| 449 | 5131 |
| 540 | 5132 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ |
| 5133 ins_compl_upd_pum(); | |
| 5134 | |
| 449 | 5135 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ |
| 5136 compl_matches = n; | |
| 5137 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; | |
| 5138 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; | |
| 857 | 5139 |
| 5140 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert | |
| 5141 * mode. */ | |
| 7 | 5142 if (got_int && !global_busy) |
| 5143 { | |
| 5144 (void)vgetc(); | |
| 5145 got_int = FALSE; | |
| 5146 } | |
| 5147 | |
| 449 | 5148 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ |
| 464 | 5149 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) |
| 449 | 5150 { |
| 5151 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 5152 && compl_length > 1 | |
| 7 | 5153 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); |
| 5154 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; | |
| 5155 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, | |
| 5156 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used | |
| 5157 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word | |
| 5158 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ | |
| 449 | 5159 if ( compl_length > 1 |
| 5160 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) | |
| 7 | 5161 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 |
| 5162 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS | |
| 5163 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) | |
| 449 | 5164 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; |
| 5165 } | |
| 5166 | |
| 464 | 5167 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 449 | 5168 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5169 else |
| 449 | 5170 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; |
| 7 | 5171 |
| 5172 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) | |
| 5173 { | |
| 464 | 5174 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) |
| 7 | 5175 { |
| 5176 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); | |
| 5177 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; | |
| 5178 } | |
| 449 | 5179 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) |
| 7 | 5180 { |
| 5181 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); | |
| 5182 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5183 } | |
| 464 | 5184 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) |
| 7 | 5185 { |
| 5186 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); | |
| 5187 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; | |
| 5188 } | |
| 5189 else | |
| 5190 { | |
| 5191 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ | |
| 464 | 5192 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) |
| 7 | 5193 { |
| 464 | 5194 int number = 0; |
| 5195 compl_T *match; | |
| 7 | 5196 |
| 449 | 5197 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) |
| 7 | 5198 { |
| 5199 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. | |
| 5200 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop | |
| 5201 * cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5202 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL |
| 5203 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5204 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5205 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5206 { |
| 464 | 5207 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5208 break; |
| 5209 } | |
| 5210 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5211 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned | |
| 5212 * yet */ | |
| 540 | 5213 for (match = match->cp_next; |
| 5214 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 464 | 5215 match = match->cp_next) |
| 5216 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5217 } |
| 5218 else /* BACKWARD */ | |
| 5219 { | |
| 5220 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) | |
| 5221 * number. This should normally succeed already at the | |
| 5222 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ | |
| 464 | 5223 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL |
| 5224 && match != compl_first_match; | |
| 5225 match = match->cp_next) | |
| 5226 if (match->cp_number != -1) | |
| 7 | 5227 { |
| 464 | 5228 number = match->cp_number; |
| 7 | 5229 break; |
| 5230 } | |
| 5231 if (match != NULL) | |
| 5232 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not | |
| 5233 * assigned yet */ | |
| 464 | 5234 for (match = match->cp_prev; match |
| 5235 && match->cp_number == -1; | |
| 5236 match = match->cp_prev) | |
| 5237 match->cp_number = ++number; | |
| 7 | 5238 } |
| 5239 } | |
| 5240 | |
| 540 | 5241 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is |
| 5242 * just a safety check. */ | |
| 464 | 5243 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) |
| 7 | 5244 { |
| 1063 | 5245 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. |
| 5246 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ | |
| 5247 static char_u match_ref[81]; | |
| 7 | 5248 |
| 449 | 5249 if (compl_matches > 0) |
| 1063 | 5250 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5251 _("match %d of %d"), | |
| 464 | 5252 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); |
| 7 | 5253 else |
| 1063 | 5254 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), |
| 5255 _("match %d"), | |
| 5256 compl_curr_match->cp_number); | |
| 7 | 5257 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; |
| 5258 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; | |
| 5259 if (dollar_vcol) | |
| 5260 curs_columns(FALSE); | |
| 5261 } | |
| 5262 } | |
| 5263 } | |
| 5264 | |
| 5265 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ | |
| 5266 showmode(); | |
| 5267 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 5268 { | |
| 5269 if (!p_smd) | |
| 5270 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, | |
| 5271 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT | |
| 5272 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); | |
| 5273 } | |
| 5274 else | |
| 5275 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ | |
| 5276 | |
| 857 | 5277 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ |
| 5278 if (!compl_interrupted) | |
| 5279 { | |
| 5280 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ | |
| 5281 n = RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 5282 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
|
2107
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5283 |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5284 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5285 setcursor(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5286 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5287 ins_compl_del_pum(); |
|
4a4287c09953
updated for version 7.2.390
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2047
diff
changeset
|
5288 |
| 857 | 5289 ins_compl_show_pum(); |
| 5290 setcursor(); | |
| 5291 RedrawingDisabled = n; | |
| 5292 } | |
| 874 | 5293 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; |
| 857 | 5294 compl_interrupted = FALSE; |
| 540 | 5295 |
| 7 | 5296 return OK; |
| 5297 } | |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 /* | |
| 5300 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. | |
| 5301 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with | |
| 5302 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. | |
| 5303 * Returns the length (needed) of dest | |
| 5304 */ | |
| 1872 | 5305 static unsigned |
| 7 | 5306 quote_meta(dest, src, len) |
| 5307 char_u *dest; | |
| 5308 char_u *src; | |
| 5309 int len; | |
| 5310 { | |
| 1872 | 5311 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ |
| 5312 | |
| 5313 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) | |
| 7 | 5314 { |
| 5315 switch (*src) | |
| 5316 { | |
| 5317 case '.': | |
| 5318 case '*': | |
| 5319 case '[': | |
| 5320 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5321 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5322 break; | |
| 5323 case '~': | |
| 5324 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ | |
| 5325 break; | |
| 5326 case '\\': | |
| 5327 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY | |
| 5328 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) | |
| 5329 break; | |
| 5330 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ | |
| 5331 case '$': | |
| 5332 m++; | |
| 5333 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5334 *dest++ = '\\'; | |
| 5335 break; | |
| 5336 } | |
| 5337 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5338 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 464 | 5339 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 5340 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ |
| 5341 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5342 { | |
| 5343 int i, mb_len; | |
| 5344 | |
| 474 | 5345 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; |
| 7 | 5346 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) |
| 5347 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) | |
| 5348 { | |
| 5349 --len; | |
| 5350 ++src; | |
| 5351 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5352 *dest++ = *src; | |
| 5353 } | |
| 5354 } | |
| 464 | 5355 # endif |
| 7 | 5356 } |
| 5357 if (dest != NULL) | |
| 5358 *dest = NUL; | |
| 5359 | |
| 5360 return m; | |
| 5361 } | |
| 5362 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ | |
| 5363 | |
| 5364 /* | |
| 5365 * Next character is interpreted literally. | |
| 5366 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. | |
| 5367 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). | |
| 5368 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. | |
| 5369 */ | |
| 5370 int | |
| 5371 get_literal() | |
| 5372 { | |
| 5373 int cc; | |
| 5374 int nc; | |
| 5375 int i; | |
| 5376 int hex = FALSE; | |
| 5377 int octal = FALSE; | |
| 5378 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5379 int unicode = 0; | |
| 5380 #endif | |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 if (got_int) | |
| 5383 return Ctrl_C; | |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5386 /* | |
| 5387 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. | |
| 5388 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would | |
| 5389 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be | |
| 5390 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb | |
| 5391 */ | |
| 5392 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5393 ++allow_keys; | |
| 5394 #endif | |
| 5395 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5396 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 5397 #endif | |
| 5398 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ | |
| 5399 cc = 0; | |
| 5400 i = 0; | |
| 5401 for (;;) | |
| 5402 { | |
| 1389 | 5403 nc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 5404 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO |
| 5405 if (!(State & CMDLINE) | |
| 5406 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5407 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 | |
| 5408 # endif | |
| 5409 ) | |
| 5410 add_to_showcmd(nc); | |
| 5411 #endif | |
| 5412 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') | |
| 5413 hex = TRUE; | |
| 5414 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') | |
| 5415 octal = TRUE; | |
| 5416 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5417 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') | |
| 5418 unicode = nc; | |
| 5419 #endif | |
| 5420 else | |
| 5421 { | |
| 5422 if (hex | |
| 5423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5424 || unicode != 0 | |
| 5425 #endif | |
| 5426 ) | |
| 5427 { | |
| 5428 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) | |
| 5429 break; | |
| 5430 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); | |
| 5431 } | |
| 5432 else if (octal) | |
| 5433 { | |
| 5434 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') | |
| 5435 break; | |
| 5436 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5437 } | |
| 5438 else | |
| 5439 { | |
| 5440 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) | |
| 5441 break; | |
| 5442 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; | |
| 5443 } | |
| 5444 | |
| 5445 ++i; | |
| 5446 } | |
| 5447 | |
| 5448 if (cc > 255 | |
| 5449 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5450 && unicode == 0 | |
| 5451 #endif | |
| 5452 ) | |
| 5453 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ | |
| 5454 nc = 0; | |
| 5455 | |
| 5456 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ | |
| 5457 { | |
| 5458 if (i >= 2) | |
| 5459 break; | |
| 5460 } | |
| 5461 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5462 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ | |
| 5463 { | |
| 5464 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) | |
| 5465 break; | |
| 5466 } | |
| 5467 #endif | |
| 5468 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ | |
| 5469 break; | |
| 5470 } | |
| 5471 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ | |
| 5472 { | |
| 5473 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5474 { | |
| 5475 cc = '\n'; | |
| 5476 nc = 0; | |
| 5477 } | |
| 5478 else | |
| 5479 { | |
| 5480 cc = nc; | |
| 5481 nc = 0; | |
| 5482 } | |
| 5483 } | |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
| 5486 cc = '\n'; | |
| 221 | 5487 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5488 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) | |
| 5489 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the | |
| 5490 second byte will cause trouble! */ | |
| 5491 #endif | |
| 7 | 5492 |
| 5493 --no_mapping; | |
| 5494 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5495 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 5496 --allow_keys; | |
| 5497 #endif | |
| 5498 if (nc) | |
| 5499 vungetc(nc); | |
| 5500 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ | |
| 5501 return cc; | |
| 5502 } | |
| 5503 | |
| 5504 /* | |
| 5505 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask | |
| 5506 */ | |
| 5507 static void | |
| 5508 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) | |
| 5509 int c; | |
| 5510 int allow_modmask; | |
| 5511 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ | |
| 5512 { | |
| 5513 char_u *p; | |
| 5514 int len; | |
| 5515 | |
| 5516 /* | |
| 5517 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is | |
| 5518 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace | |
| 5519 * mode. | |
| 5520 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, | |
| 5521 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. | |
| 5522 */ | |
| 5523 #ifdef MACOS | |
| 5524 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ | |
| 5525 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) | |
| 5526 allow_modmask = TRUE; | |
| 5527 #endif | |
| 5528 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) | |
| 5529 { | |
| 5530 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); | |
| 5531 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 5532 c = p[len - 1]; | |
| 5533 if (len > 2) | |
| 5534 { | |
| 5535 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 5536 return; | |
| 5537 p[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 5538 ins_str(p); | |
| 620 | 5539 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); |
| 7 | 5540 ctrlv = FALSE; |
| 5541 } | |
| 5542 } | |
| 5543 if (stop_arrow() == OK) | |
| 5544 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); | |
| 5545 } | |
| 5546 | |
| 5547 /* | |
| 5548 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other | |
| 5549 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC | |
| 5550 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to | |
| 5551 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by | |
| 5552 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should | |
| 5553 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. | |
| 5554 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. | |
| 5555 */ | |
| 5556 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 5557 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5558 #else | |
| 5559 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') | |
| 5560 #endif | |
| 5561 | |
| 5562 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5563 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) | |
| 5564 #else | |
| 5565 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) | |
| 5566 #endif | |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 void | |
| 5569 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) | |
| 5570 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ | |
| 5571 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ | |
| 5572 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ | |
| 5573 { | |
| 5574 int textwidth; | |
| 5575 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5576 char_u *p; | |
| 667 | 5577 #endif |
| 7 | 5578 int fo_ins_blank; |
| 5579 | |
| 5580 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); | |
| 5581 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5582 | |
| 5583 /* | |
| 5584 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: | |
| 5585 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. | |
| 5586 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line | |
| 5587 * ends in white space. | |
| 5588 * - Otherwise: | |
| 5589 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank | |
| 5590 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless | |
| 5591 * we're in VREPLACE mode. | |
| 5592 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started | |
| 5593 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long | |
| 5594 * before the insert. | |
| 5595 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or | |
| 5596 * before 'textwidth' | |
| 5597 */ | |
| 667 | 5598 if (textwidth > 0 |
| 7 | 5599 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) |
| 5600 || (!vim_iswhite(c) | |
| 5601 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5602 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5603 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5604 #endif | |
| 5605 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 5606 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5607 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) | |
| 5608 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5609 && (!fo_ins_blank | |
| 5610 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth | |
| 5611 )))))) | |
| 5612 { | |
| 667 | 5613 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting |
| 5614 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ | |
| 5615 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
| 1000 | 5616 int do_internal = TRUE; |
| 5617 | |
| 1563 | 5618 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) |
| 1000 | 5619 { |
| 5620 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); | |
| 5621 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() | |
| 5622 * was called. */ | |
| 5623 ins_need_undo = TRUE; | |
| 5624 } | |
| 5625 if (do_internal) | |
| 667 | 5626 #endif |
| 2004 | 5627 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); |
| 667 | 5628 } |
| 5629 | |
| 7 | 5630 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ |
| 5631 return; | |
| 5632 | |
| 5633 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5634 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ | |
| 5635 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5636 { | |
| 5637 char_u *line; | |
| 5638 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ | |
| 5639 int middle_len, end_len; | |
| 5640 int i; | |
| 5641 | |
| 5642 /* | |
| 5643 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end | |
| 5644 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. | |
| 5645 */ | |
| 5646 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); | |
| 5647 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ | |
| 5648 { | |
| 5649 /* Skip middle-comment string */ | |
| 5650 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ | |
| 5651 ++p; | |
| 5652 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5653 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ | |
| 5654 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) | |
| 5655 --middle_len; | |
| 5656 | |
| 5657 /* Find the end-comment string */ | |
| 5658 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ | |
| 5659 ++p; | |
| 5660 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); | |
| 5661 | |
| 5662 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ | |
| 5663 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5664 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) | |
| 5665 ; | |
| 5666 i++; | |
| 5667 | |
| 5668 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ | |
| 5669 i -= middle_len; | |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ | |
| 5672 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) | |
| 5673 { | |
| 5674 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ | |
| 5675 backspace_until_column(i); | |
| 5676 | |
| 5677 /* | |
| 5678 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last | |
| 5679 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. | |
| 5680 */ | |
| 5681 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); | |
| 5682 } | |
| 5683 } | |
| 5684 } | |
| 5685 end_comment_pending = NUL; | |
| 5686 #endif | |
| 5687 | |
| 5688 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 5689 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 5690 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 5691 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 5692 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 5693 #endif | |
| 5694 | |
| 5695 /* | |
| 5696 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. | |
| 5697 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. | |
| 5698 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might | |
| 5699 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what | |
| 5700 * 'paste' is set).. | |
| 5701 */ | |
| 5702 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 5703 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ | |
| 5704 #endif | |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5707 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5708 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) | |
| 5709 #endif | |
| 5710 && vpeekc() != NUL | |
| 5711 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5712 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 5713 && !cindent_on() | |
| 5714 #endif | |
| 5715 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5716 && !p_ri | |
| 5717 #endif | |
| 5718 ) | |
| 5719 { | |
| 5720 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 | |
| 5721 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; | |
| 5722 int i; | |
| 5723 colnr_T virtcol = 0; | |
| 5724 | |
| 5725 buf[0] = c; | |
| 5726 i = 1; | |
| 667 | 5727 if (textwidth > 0) |
| 7 | 5728 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); |
| 5729 /* | |
| 5730 * Stop the string when: | |
| 5731 * - no more chars available | |
| 5732 * - finding a special character (command key) | |
| 5733 * - buffer is full | |
| 5734 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary | |
| 5735 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char | |
| 5736 */ | |
| 5737 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL | |
| 5738 && !ISSPECIAL(c) | |
| 5739 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5740 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) | |
| 5741 #endif | |
| 5742 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN | |
| 5743 && (textwidth == 0 | |
| 5744 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 5745 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) | |
| 5746 { | |
| 5747 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5748 c = vgetc(); | |
| 5749 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5750 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ | |
| 5751 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 5752 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) | |
| 5753 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ | |
| 5754 # endif | |
| 5755 buf[i++] = c; | |
| 5756 #else | |
| 5757 buf[i++] = vgetc(); | |
| 5758 #endif | |
| 5759 } | |
| 5760 | |
| 5761 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 5762 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ | |
| 5763 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ | |
| 5764 #endif | |
| 5765 buf[i] = NUL; | |
| 5766 ins_str(buf); | |
| 5767 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5768 { | |
| 5769 redo_literal(*buf); | |
| 5770 i = 1; | |
| 5771 } | |
| 5772 else | |
| 5773 i = 0; | |
| 5774 if (buf[i] != NUL) | |
| 620 | 5775 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); |
| 7 | 5776 } |
| 5777 else | |
| 5778 { | |
| 5779 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 667 | 5780 int cc; |
| 5781 | |
| 7 | 5782 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) |
| 5783 { | |
| 5784 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 5785 | |
| 5786 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); | |
| 5787 buf[cc] = NUL; | |
| 5788 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); | |
| 5789 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 5790 } | |
| 5791 else | |
| 5792 #endif | |
| 5793 { | |
| 5794 ins_char(c); | |
| 5795 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) | |
| 5796 redo_literal(c); | |
| 5797 else | |
| 5798 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 5799 } | |
| 5800 } | |
| 5801 } | |
| 5802 | |
| 5803 /* | |
| 667 | 5804 * Format text at the current insert position. |
| 5805 */ | |
| 5806 static void | |
| 2004 | 5807 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) |
| 667 | 5808 int textwidth; |
| 5809 int second_indent; | |
| 5810 int flags; | |
| 5811 int format_only; | |
| 2004 | 5812 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ |
| 667 | 5813 { |
| 5814 int cc; | |
| 5815 int save_char = NUL; | |
| 5816 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 5817 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); | |
| 5818 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5819 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); | |
| 5820 #endif | |
| 5821 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); | |
| 5822 int first_line = TRUE; | |
| 5823 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5824 colnr_T leader_len; | |
| 5825 int no_leader = FALSE; | |
| 5826 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); | |
| 5827 #endif | |
| 5828 | |
| 5829 /* | |
| 5830 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be | |
| 5831 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. | |
| 5832 */ | |
| 2004 | 5833 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai |
| 5834 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5835 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 5836 #endif | |
| 5837 ) | |
| 667 | 5838 { |
| 5839 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5840 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 5841 { | |
| 5842 save_char = cc; | |
| 5843 pchar_cursor('x'); | |
| 5844 } | |
| 5845 } | |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 /* | |
| 5848 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. | |
| 5849 */ | |
| 5850 while (!got_int) | |
| 5851 { | |
| 5852 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ | |
| 5853 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ | |
| 5854 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ | |
| 5855 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ | |
| 5856 colnr_T len; | |
| 5857 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 5858 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 5859 int orig_col = 0; | |
| 5860 char_u *saved_text = NULL; | |
| 5861 #endif | |
| 5862 colnr_T col; | |
| 2004 | 5863 colnr_T end_col; |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 5866 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); | |
| 5867 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) | |
| 667 | 5868 break; |
| 5869 | |
| 5870 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5871 if (no_leader) | |
| 5872 do_comments = FALSE; | |
| 5873 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 5874 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) | |
| 5875 do_comments = TRUE; | |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5878 if (do_comments) | |
| 5879 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); | |
| 5880 else | |
| 5881 leader_len = 0; | |
| 5882 | |
| 5883 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't | |
| 5884 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word | |
| 5885 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines | |
| 5886 * to start with %. */ | |
| 5887 if (leader_len == 0) | |
| 5888 no_leader = TRUE; | |
| 5889 #endif | |
| 5890 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) | |
| 5891 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5892 && leader_len == 0 | |
| 5893 #endif | |
| 5894 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) | |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 break; | |
| 5897 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) | |
| 5898 break; | |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 /* find column of textwidth border */ | |
| 5901 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); | |
| 5902 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5903 | |
| 2004 | 5904 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; |
| 667 | 5905 foundcol = 0; |
| 5906 | |
| 5907 /* | |
| 5908 * Find position to break at. | |
| 5909 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' | |
| 5910 */ | |
| 5911 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) | |
| 5912 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 5913 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 5914 { | |
| 2004 | 5915 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) |
| 5916 cc = c; | |
| 5917 else | |
| 5918 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 667 | 5919 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 5920 { | |
| 5921 /* remember position of blank just before text */ | |
| 2004 | 5922 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 667 | 5923 |
| 5924 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ | |
| 5925 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5926 { | |
| 5927 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5928 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5929 } | |
| 5930 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5931 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ | |
| 5932 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5933 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5934 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 5935 break; | |
| 5936 #endif | |
| 5937 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 5938 { | |
| 5939 /* do not break after one-letter words */ | |
| 5940 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 5941 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ | |
| 2004 | 5942 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS |
| 5943 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ | |
| 5944 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) | |
| 5945 break; | |
| 5946 #endif | |
| 667 | 5947 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 5948 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5949 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5950 | |
| 5951 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5952 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ | |
| 5953 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5954 } | |
| 2004 | 5955 |
| 5956 inc_cursor(); | |
| 5957 | |
| 5958 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; | |
| 5959 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5960 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 667 | 5961 break; |
| 5962 } | |
| 5963 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2004 | 5964 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) |
| 667 | 5965 { |
| 5966 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ | |
| 2004 | 5967 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) |
| 5968 { | |
| 5969 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5970 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5971 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 5972 break; | |
| 5973 #endif | |
| 5974 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5975 inc_cursor(); | |
| 5976 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ | |
| 5977 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 5978 { | |
| 5979 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5980 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 5981 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) | |
| 5982 break; | |
| 5983 } | |
| 5984 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 5985 } | |
| 5986 | |
| 5987 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 5988 break; | |
| 5989 | |
| 5990 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 5991 | |
| 5992 dec_cursor(); | |
| 5993 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 5996 continue; /* break with space */ | |
| 5997 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 5998 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ | |
| 5999 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) | |
| 6000 break; | |
| 6001 #endif | |
| 6002 | |
| 6003 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; | |
| 6004 | |
| 667 | 6005 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 6006 end_foundcol = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6007 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) |
| 6008 break; | |
| 667 | 6009 } |
| 6010 #endif | |
| 6011 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6012 break; | |
| 6013 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6014 } | |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ | |
| 6017 { | |
| 6018 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; | |
| 6019 break; | |
| 6020 } | |
| 6021 | |
| 6022 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ | |
| 6023 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 /* | |
| 6026 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace | |
| 6027 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces | |
| 6028 * over the text instead. | |
| 6029 */ | |
| 6030 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6031 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6032 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ | |
| 6033 else | |
| 6034 #endif | |
| 2004 | 6035 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; |
| 667 | 6036 |
| 6037 /* | |
| 6038 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and | |
| 6039 * characters that will remain on top line | |
| 6040 */ | |
| 6041 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 2004 | 6042 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) |
| 6043 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) | |
| 667 | 6044 inc_cursor(); |
| 6045 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6046 if (startcol < 0) | |
| 6047 startcol = 0; | |
| 6048 | |
| 6049 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6050 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6051 { | |
| 6052 /* | |
| 6053 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be | |
| 6054 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. | |
| 6055 */ | |
| 6056 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 6057 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; | |
| 6058 if (saved_text == NULL) | |
| 6059 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ | |
| 6060 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; | |
| 6061 | |
| 6062 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ | |
| 6063 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6064 backspace_until_column(foundcol); | |
| 6065 } | |
| 6066 else | |
| 6067 #endif | |
| 6068 { | |
| 6069 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ | |
| 6070 if (!fo_white_par) | |
| 6071 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; | |
| 6072 } | |
| 6073 | |
| 6074 /* | |
| 6075 * Split the line just before the margin. | |
| 6076 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. | |
| 6077 */ | |
| 6078 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX | |
| 6079 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) | |
| 6080 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6081 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) | |
| 6082 #endif | |
| 6083 , old_indent); | |
| 6084 old_indent = 0; | |
| 6085 | |
| 6086 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 6087 if (first_line) | |
| 6088 { | |
| 6089 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) | |
| 6090 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); | |
| 6091 if (second_indent >= 0) | |
| 6092 { | |
| 6093 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6094 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 6095 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 667 | 6096 else |
| 6097 #endif | |
| 6098 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 6099 } | |
| 6100 first_line = FALSE; | |
| 6101 } | |
| 6102 | |
| 6103 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6104 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6105 { | |
| 6106 /* | |
| 6107 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be | |
| 6108 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. | |
| 6109 */ | |
| 6110 ins_bytes(saved_text); | |
| 6111 vim_free(saved_text); | |
| 6112 } | |
| 6113 else | |
| 6114 #endif | |
| 6115 { | |
| 6116 /* | |
| 6117 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent | |
| 6118 * may have added or removed indent. | |
| 6119 */ | |
| 6120 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; | |
| 6121 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 6122 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) | |
| 6123 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; | |
| 6124 } | |
| 6125 | |
| 6126 haveto_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 6127 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 6128 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 6129 #endif | |
| 6130 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ | |
| 6131 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6132 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6133 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6134 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6135 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6136 #endif | |
| 6137 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 6138 } | |
| 6139 | |
| 6140 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ | |
| 6141 pchar_cursor(save_char); | |
| 6142 | |
| 6143 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) | |
| 6144 { | |
| 6145 update_topline(); | |
| 6146 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); | |
| 6147 } | |
| 6148 } | |
| 6149 | |
| 6150 /* | |
| 7 | 6151 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the |
| 6152 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. | |
| 6153 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. | |
| 6154 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be | |
| 6155 * saved here. | |
| 6156 */ | |
| 6157 void | |
| 6158 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) | |
| 6159 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ | |
| 6160 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ | |
| 6161 { | |
| 6162 pos_T pos; | |
| 6163 colnr_T len; | |
| 6164 char_u *old; | |
| 6165 char_u *new, *pnew; | |
| 6166 int wasatend; | |
| 301 | 6167 int cc; |
| 7 | 6168 |
| 6169 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) | |
| 6170 return; | |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6173 old = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 6174 | |
| 6175 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6176 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6177 | |
| 6178 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the | |
| 6179 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is | |
| 6180 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. | |
| 6181 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white | |
| 6182 * next they are not joined back together. */ | |
| 1872 | 6183 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); |
| 7 | 6184 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) |
| 6185 { | |
| 6186 dec_cursor(); | |
| 301 | 6187 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6188 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 | |
| 6189 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) | |
| 7 | 6190 dec_cursor(); |
| 301 | 6191 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6192 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6193 { |
| 6194 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6195 return; | |
| 6196 } | |
| 6197 curwin->w_cursor = pos; | |
| 6198 } | |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 6201 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format | |
| 6202 * comments. */ | |
| 6203 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) | |
| 6204 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) | |
| 6205 return; | |
| 6206 #endif | |
| 6207 | |
| 6208 /* | |
| 6209 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is | |
| 6210 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not | |
| 6211 * the start of a paragraph. | |
| 6212 */ | |
| 6213 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) | |
| 6214 { | |
| 6215 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6216 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) | |
| 6217 return; | |
| 6218 } | |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 /* | |
| 6221 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will | |
| 6222 * be adjusted for the text formatting. | |
| 6223 */ | |
| 6224 saved_cursor = pos; | |
| 1563 | 6225 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6226 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; |
| 6227 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; | |
| 6228 | |
| 6229 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6230 { | |
| 6231 /* "cannot happen" */ | |
| 6232 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6233 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 6234 } | |
| 6235 else | |
| 6236 check_cursor_col(); | |
| 6237 | |
| 6238 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it | |
| 6239 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we | |
| 6240 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph | |
| 6241 * formatted. */ | |
| 6242 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 6243 { | |
| 6244 new = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 835 | 6245 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); |
| 7 | 6246 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) |
| 6247 { | |
| 6248 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); | |
| 6249 pnew[len] = ' '; | |
| 6250 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; | |
| 6251 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); | |
| 6252 /* remove the space later */ | |
| 6253 did_add_space = TRUE; | |
| 6254 } | |
| 6255 else | |
| 6256 /* may remove added space */ | |
| 6257 check_auto_format(FALSE); | |
| 6258 } | |
| 6259 | |
| 6260 check_cursor(); | |
| 6261 } | |
| 6262 | |
| 6263 /* | |
| 6264 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, | |
| 6265 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert | |
| 6266 * position. | |
| 6267 */ | |
| 6268 static void | |
| 6269 check_auto_format(end_insert) | |
| 6270 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ | |
| 6271 { | |
| 6272 int c = ' '; | |
| 301 | 6273 int cc; |
| 7 | 6274 |
| 6275 if (did_add_space) | |
| 6276 { | |
| 301 | 6277 cc = gchar_cursor(); |
| 6278 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) | |
| 7 | 6279 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ |
| 6280 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6281 else | |
| 6282 { | |
| 6283 if (!end_insert) | |
| 6284 { | |
| 6285 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6286 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6287 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6288 } | |
| 6289 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6290 { | |
| 6291 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ | |
| 6292 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 6293 did_add_space = FALSE; | |
| 6294 } | |
| 6295 } | |
| 6296 } | |
| 6297 } | |
| 6298 | |
| 6299 /* | |
| 6300 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: | |
| 6301 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it | |
| 6302 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' | |
| 6303 * if invalid value, use 0. | |
| 6304 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. | |
| 6305 */ | |
| 6306 int | |
| 6307 comp_textwidth(ff) | |
| 867 | 6308 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ |
| 7 | 6309 { |
| 6310 int textwidth; | |
| 6311 | |
| 6312 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 6313 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) | |
| 6314 { | |
| 6315 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the | |
| 6316 * things that add to the margin. */ | |
| 6317 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
| 6318 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 6319 if (cmdwin_type != 0) | |
| 6320 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6321 #endif | |
| 6322 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6323 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; | |
| 6324 #endif | |
| 6325 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 6326 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 6327 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 6328 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 6329 # endif |
| 6330 ) | |
| 6331 textwidth -= 1; | |
| 6332 #endif | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2107
diff
changeset
|
6333 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 6334 textwidth -= 8; |
| 6335 } | |
| 6336 if (textwidth < 0) | |
| 6337 textwidth = 0; | |
| 6338 if (ff && textwidth == 0) | |
| 6339 { | |
| 6340 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; | |
| 6341 if (textwidth > 79) | |
| 6342 textwidth = 79; | |
| 6343 } | |
| 6344 return textwidth; | |
| 6345 } | |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 /* | |
| 6348 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. | |
| 6349 */ | |
| 6350 static void | |
| 6351 redo_literal(c) | |
| 6352 int c; | |
| 6353 { | |
| 6354 char_u buf[10]; | |
| 6355 | |
| 6356 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of | |
| 6357 * three digits. */ | |
| 6358 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) | |
| 6359 { | |
| 1872 | 6360 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); |
| 7 | 6361 AppendToRedobuff(buf); |
| 6362 } | |
| 6363 else | |
| 6364 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 6365 } | |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 /* | |
| 6368 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. | |
| 484 | 6369 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. |
| 7 | 6370 */ |
| 6371 static void | |
| 6372 start_arrow(end_insert_pos) | |
| 840 | 6373 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ |
| 7 | 6374 { |
| 6375 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ | |
| 6376 { | |
| 6377 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); | |
| 6378 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); | |
| 6379 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ | |
| 6380 } | |
| 744 | 6381 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6382 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 6383 #endif | |
| 7 | 6384 } |
| 6385 | |
| 744 | 6386 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 6387 /* |
| 6388 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. | |
| 6389 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. | |
| 6390 */ | |
| 6391 static void | |
| 6392 check_spell_redraw() | |
| 6393 { | |
| 6394 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) | |
| 6395 { | |
| 6396 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; | |
| 6397 | |
| 6398 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; | |
| 6399 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); | |
| 6400 } | |
| 6401 } | |
| 484 | 6402 |
| 6403 /* | |
| 6404 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly | |
| 6405 * spelled word, if there is one. | |
| 6406 */ | |
| 6407 static void | |
| 6408 spell_back_to_badword() | |
| 6409 { | |
| 6410 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6411 | |
| 499 | 6412 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); |
| 484 | 6413 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) |
| 6414 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 6415 } | |
| 221 | 6416 #endif |
| 6417 | |
| 7 | 6418 /* |
| 6419 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. | |
| 6420 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. | |
| 6421 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. | |
| 6422 */ | |
| 6423 int | |
| 6424 stop_arrow() | |
| 6425 { | |
| 6426 if (arrow_used) | |
| 6427 { | |
| 6428 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6429 { | |
| 6430 arrow_used = FALSE; | |
| 6431 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6432 } | |
| 6433 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ | |
| 1869 | 6434 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); |
| 7 | 6435 ai_col = 0; |
| 6436 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 6437 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 6438 { | |
| 6439 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6440 vr_lines_changed = 1; | |
| 6441 } | |
| 6442 #endif | |
| 6443 ResetRedobuff(); | |
| 6444 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ | |
| 613 | 6445 new_insert_skip = 2; |
| 7 | 6446 } |
| 6447 else if (ins_need_undo) | |
| 6448 { | |
| 6449 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) | |
| 6450 ins_need_undo = FALSE; | |
| 6451 } | |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6454 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ | |
| 6455 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 6456 #endif | |
| 6457 | |
| 6458 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); | |
| 6459 } | |
| 6460 | |
| 6461 /* | |
| 840 | 6462 * Do a few things to stop inserting. |
| 6463 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped | |
| 6464 * to another window/buffer. | |
| 7 | 6465 */ |
| 6466 static void | |
| 6467 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) | |
| 840 | 6468 pos_T *end_insert_pos; |
| 603 | 6469 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ |
| 7 | 6470 { |
| 603 | 6471 int cc; |
| 6472 char_u *ptr; | |
| 7 | 6473 |
| 6474 stop_redo_ins(); | |
| 6475 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ | |
| 6476 | |
| 6477 /* | |
| 603 | 6478 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. |
| 6479 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, | |
| 6480 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". | |
| 7 | 6481 */ |
| 603 | 6482 ptr = get_inserted(); |
| 615 | 6483 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL |
| 6484 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) | |
| 603 | 6485 { |
| 6486 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6487 last_insert = ptr; | |
| 6488 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; | |
| 6489 } | |
| 6490 else | |
| 6491 vim_free(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6492 |
| 840 | 6493 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) |
| 7 | 6494 { |
| 6495 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an | |
| 6496 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending | |
| 6497 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something | |
| 6498 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ | |
| 10 | 6499 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) |
| 7 | 6500 { |
| 10 | 6501 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6502 | |
| 7 | 6503 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the |
| 6504 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by | |
| 6505 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ | |
| 6506 cc = 'x'; | |
| 6507 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 6508 { | |
| 6509 dec_cursor(); | |
| 6510 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6511 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 10 | 6512 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; |
| 7 | 6513 } |
| 6514 | |
| 6515 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 6516 | |
| 10 | 6517 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) |
| 6518 { | |
| 6519 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 6520 inc_cursor(); | |
| 6521 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6522 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep | |
| 6523 * the "coladd". */ | |
| 6524 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 6525 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum | |
| 6526 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) | |
| 6527 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; | |
| 6528 #endif | |
| 6529 } | |
| 7 | 6530 } |
| 6531 | |
| 6532 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ | |
| 6533 check_auto_format(TRUE); | |
| 6534 | |
| 6535 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end | |
| 10 | 6536 * of the line, and put the cursor back. |
| 1892 | 6537 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. |
| 6538 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text | |
| 6539 * got changed unexpectedly. */ | |
| 10 | 6540 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL |
| 1892 | 6541 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) |
| 6542 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 7 | 6543 { |
| 10 | 6544 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 6545 | |
| 6546 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 1892 | 6547 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ |
| 786 | 6548 for (;;) |
| 6549 { | |
| 6550 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 6551 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6552 cc = gchar_cursor(); | |
| 6553 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) | |
| 6554 break; | |
| 1892 | 6555 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 6556 break; /* should not happen */ | |
| 786 | 6557 } |
| 10 | 6558 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) |
| 6559 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; | |
| 6560 else if (cc != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6561 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ |
| 6562 | |
| 6563 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 6564 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for | |
| 6565 * deleted characters. */ | |
| 6566 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 6567 { | |
| 1872 | 6568 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 if (VIsual.col > len) | |
| 7 | 6571 { |
| 1872 | 6572 VIsual.col = len; |
| 7 | 6573 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 6574 VIsual.coladd = 0; | |
| 6575 # endif | |
| 6576 } | |
| 6577 } | |
| 6578 #endif | |
| 6579 } | |
| 6580 } | |
| 6581 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 6582 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 6583 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 6584 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 6585 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 6586 #endif | |
| 6587 | |
| 840 | 6588 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are |
| 6589 * now in a different buffer. */ | |
| 6590 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) | |
| 6591 { | |
| 6592 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; | |
| 6593 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; | |
| 6594 } | |
| 7 | 6595 } |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 /* | |
| 6598 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. | |
| 6599 * Used for the replace command. | |
| 6600 */ | |
| 6601 void | |
| 6602 set_last_insert(c) | |
| 6603 int c; | |
| 6604 { | |
| 6605 char_u *s; | |
| 6606 | |
| 6607 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6608 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6609 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); | |
| 6610 #else | |
| 6611 last_insert = alloc(6); | |
| 6612 #endif | |
| 6613 if (last_insert != NULL) | |
| 6614 { | |
| 6615 s = last_insert; | |
| 6616 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ | |
| 6617 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) | |
| 6618 *s++ = Ctrl_V; | |
| 6619 s = add_char2buf(c, s); | |
| 6620 *s++ = ESC; | |
| 6621 *s++ = NUL; | |
| 6622 last_insert_skip = 0; | |
| 6623 } | |
| 6624 } | |
| 6625 | |
| 359 | 6626 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 6627 void | |
| 6628 free_last_insert() | |
| 6629 { | |
| 6630 vim_free(last_insert); | |
| 6631 last_insert = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6632 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 694 | 6633 vim_free(compl_orig_text); |
| 6634 compl_orig_text = NULL; | |
| 1446 | 6635 # endif |
| 359 | 6636 } |
| 6637 #endif | |
| 6638 | |
| 7 | 6639 /* |
| 6640 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL | |
| 6641 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. | |
| 6642 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. | |
| 6643 */ | |
| 6644 char_u * | |
| 6645 add_char2buf(c, s) | |
| 6646 int c; | |
| 6647 char_u *s; | |
| 6648 { | |
| 6649 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6650 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 6651 int i; | |
| 6652 int len; | |
| 6653 | |
| 6654 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); | |
| 6655 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) | |
| 6656 { | |
| 6657 c = temp[i]; | |
| 6658 #endif | |
| 6659 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ | |
| 6660 if (c == K_SPECIAL) | |
| 6661 { | |
| 6662 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 6663 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; | |
| 6664 *s++ = KE_FILLER; | |
| 6665 } | |
| 6666 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 6667 else if (c == CSI) | |
| 6668 { | |
| 6669 *s++ = CSI; | |
| 6670 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 6671 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 6672 } | |
| 6673 #endif | |
| 6674 else | |
| 6675 *s++ = c; | |
| 6676 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6677 } | |
| 6678 #endif | |
| 6679 return s; | |
| 6680 } | |
| 6681 | |
| 6682 /* | |
| 6683 * move cursor to start of line | |
| 6684 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white | |
| 6685 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, | |
| 6686 * otherwise keep "curswant" column | |
| 6687 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. | |
| 6688 */ | |
| 6689 void | |
| 6690 beginline(flags) | |
| 6691 int flags; | |
| 6692 { | |
| 6693 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) | |
| 6694 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6695 else | |
| 6696 { | |
| 6697 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 6698 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6699 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6700 #endif | |
| 6701 | |
| 6702 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) | |
| 6703 { | |
| 6704 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6705 | |
| 6706 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) | |
| 6707 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) | |
| 6708 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6709 } | |
| 6710 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6711 } | |
| 6712 } | |
| 6713 | |
| 6714 /* | |
| 6715 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up | |
| 6716 * | |
| 6717 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. | |
| 773 | 6718 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. |
| 7 | 6719 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. |
| 6720 */ | |
| 6721 | |
| 6722 int | |
| 6723 oneright() | |
| 6724 { | |
| 6725 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6726 int l; | |
| 6727 | |
| 6728 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6729 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6730 { | |
| 6731 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 6732 | |
| 6733 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ | |
| 6734 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6735 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 773 | 6736 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7 | 6737 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) |
| 773 | 6738 # else |
| 7 | 6739 *ptr |
| 773 | 6740 # endif |
| 7 | 6741 )) |
| 6742 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); | |
| 6743 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6744 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ | |
| 6745 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 6746 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; | |
| 6747 } | |
| 6748 #endif | |
| 6749 | |
| 6750 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 773 | 6751 if (*ptr == NUL) |
| 6752 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ | |
| 6753 | |
| 7 | 6754 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 773 | 6755 if (has_mbyte) |
| 6756 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); | |
| 7 | 6757 else |
| 6758 #endif | |
| 773 | 6759 l = 1; |
| 6760 | |
| 6761 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' | |
| 6762 * contains "onemore". */ | |
| 6763 if (ptr[l] == NUL | |
| 6764 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6765 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 | |
| 6766 #endif | |
| 6767 ) | |
| 6768 return FAIL; | |
| 6769 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; | |
| 7 | 6770 |
| 6771 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6772 return OK; | |
| 6773 } | |
| 6774 | |
| 6775 int | |
| 6776 oneleft() | |
| 6777 { | |
| 6778 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 6779 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 6780 { | |
| 6781 int width; | |
| 6782 int v = getviscol(); | |
| 6783 | |
| 6784 if (v == 0) | |
| 6785 return FAIL; | |
| 6786 | |
| 6787 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 6788 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ | |
| 6789 width = 1; | |
| 6790 for (;;) | |
| 6791 { | |
| 6792 coladvance(v - width); | |
| 6793 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and | |
| 6794 * there are no multi-byte characters */ | |
| 6795 if ((*p_sbr == NUL | |
| 6796 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6797 && !has_mbyte | |
| 6798 # endif | |
| 6799 ) || getviscol() < v) | |
| 6800 break; | |
| 6801 ++width; | |
| 6802 } | |
| 6803 # else | |
| 6804 coladvance(v - 1); | |
| 6805 # endif | |
| 6806 | |
| 6807 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) | |
| 6808 { | |
| 6809 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6810 | |
| 6811 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ | |
| 6812 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 6813 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( | |
| 6814 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6815 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) | |
| 6816 # else | |
| 6817 *ptr | |
| 6818 # endif | |
| 6819 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) | |
| 6820 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 6821 } | |
| 6822 | |
| 6823 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6824 return OK; | |
| 6825 } | |
| 6826 #endif | |
| 6827 | |
| 6828 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 6829 return FAIL; | |
| 6830 | |
| 6831 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 6832 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 6833 | |
| 6834 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6835 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte | |
| 6836 * character, move to its first byte */ | |
| 6837 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6838 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 6839 #endif | |
| 6840 return OK; | |
| 6841 } | |
| 6842 | |
| 6843 int | |
| 6844 cursor_up(n, upd_topline) | |
| 6845 long n; | |
| 6846 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 6847 { | |
| 6848 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6849 | |
| 6850 if (n > 0) | |
| 6851 { | |
| 6852 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 161 | 6853 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count |
| 6854 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 6855 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 6856 return FAIL; |
| 6857 if (n >= lnum) | |
| 6858 lnum = 1; | |
| 6859 else | |
| 6860 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6861 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 6862 { | |
| 6863 /* | |
| 6864 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. | |
| 6865 */ | |
| 6866 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ | |
| 6867 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 6868 | |
| 6869 while (n--) | |
| 6870 { | |
| 6871 /* move up one line */ | |
| 6872 --lnum; | |
| 6873 if (lnum <= 1) | |
| 6874 break; | |
| 6875 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in | |
| 6876 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open | |
| 6877 * in a moment. */ | |
| 6878 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) | |
| 6879 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); | |
| 6880 } | |
| 6881 if (lnum < 1) | |
| 6882 lnum = 1; | |
| 6883 } | |
| 6884 else | |
| 6885 #endif | |
| 6886 lnum -= n; | |
| 6887 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6888 } | |
| 6889 | |
| 6890 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 6891 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6892 | |
| 6893 if (upd_topline) | |
| 6894 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 6895 | |
| 6896 return OK; | |
| 6897 } | |
| 6898 | |
| 6899 /* | |
| 6900 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. | |
| 6901 */ | |
| 6902 int | |
| 6903 cursor_down(n, upd_topline) | |
| 6904 long n; | |
| 6905 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ | |
| 6906 { | |
| 6907 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 6908 | |
| 6909 if (n > 0) | |
| 6910 { | |
| 6911 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 6912 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6913 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ | |
| 6914 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); | |
| 6915 #endif | |
| 161 | 6916 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move |
| 6917 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ | |
| 6918 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 6919 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 6920 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) | |
| 7 | 6921 return FAIL; |
| 6922 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6923 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6924 else | |
| 6925 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 6926 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
| 6927 { | |
| 6928 linenr_T last; | |
| 6929 | |
| 6930 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ | |
| 6931 while (n--) | |
| 6932 { | |
| 6933 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) | |
| 6934 lnum = last + 1; | |
| 6935 else | |
| 6936 ++lnum; | |
| 6937 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6938 break; | |
| 6939 } | |
| 6940 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 6941 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 6942 } | |
| 6943 else | |
| 6944 #endif | |
| 6945 lnum += n; | |
| 6946 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 6947 } | |
| 6948 | |
| 6949 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ | |
| 6950 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
| 6951 | |
| 6952 if (upd_topline) | |
| 6953 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ | |
| 6954 | |
| 6955 return OK; | |
| 6956 } | |
| 6957 | |
| 6958 /* | |
| 6959 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. | |
| 6960 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we | |
| 6961 * first have to remove the command. | |
| 6962 */ | |
| 6963 int | |
| 6964 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) | |
| 6965 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ | |
| 6966 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ | |
| 6967 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ | |
| 6968 { | |
| 6969 char_u *esc_ptr; | |
| 6970 char_u *ptr; | |
| 6971 char_u *last_ptr; | |
| 6972 char_u last = NUL; | |
| 6973 | |
| 6974 ptr = get_last_insert(); | |
| 6975 if (ptr == NULL) | |
| 6976 { | |
| 6977 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); | |
| 6978 return FAIL; | |
| 6979 } | |
| 6980 | |
| 6981 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ | |
| 6982 if (c != NUL) | |
| 6983 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 6984 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) | |
| 6985 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ | |
| 6986 | |
| 6987 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC | |
| 6988 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" | |
| 6989 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo | |
| 6990 */ | |
| 6991 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; | |
| 6992 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') | |
| 6993 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) | |
| 6994 { | |
| 6995 last = *last_ptr; | |
| 6996 *last_ptr = NUL; | |
| 6997 } | |
| 6998 | |
| 6999 do | |
| 7000 { | |
| 7001 stuffReadbuff(ptr); | |
| 7002 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ | |
| 7003 if (last) | |
| 7004 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' | |
| 7005 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") | |
| 7006 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); | |
| 7007 } | |
| 7008 while (--count > 0); | |
| 7009 | |
| 7010 if (last) | |
| 7011 *last_ptr = last; | |
| 7012 | |
| 7013 if (esc_ptr != NULL) | |
| 7014 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ | |
| 7015 | |
| 7016 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ | |
| 7017 if (!no_esc) | |
| 7018 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); | |
| 7019 | |
| 7020 return OK; | |
| 7021 } | |
| 7022 | |
| 7023 char_u * | |
| 7024 get_last_insert() | |
| 7025 { | |
| 7026 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7027 return NULL; | |
| 7028 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; | |
| 7029 } | |
| 7030 | |
| 7031 /* | |
| 7032 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. | |
| 7033 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. | |
| 7034 */ | |
| 7035 char_u * | |
| 7036 get_last_insert_save() | |
| 7037 { | |
| 7038 char_u *s; | |
| 7039 int len; | |
| 7040 | |
| 7041 if (last_insert == NULL) | |
| 7042 return NULL; | |
| 7043 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); | |
| 7044 if (s != NULL) | |
| 7045 { | |
| 7046 len = (int)STRLEN(s); | |
| 7047 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ | |
| 7048 s[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 7049 } | |
| 7050 return s; | |
| 7051 } | |
| 7052 | |
| 7053 /* | |
| 7054 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. | |
| 7055 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. | |
| 7056 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and | |
| 7057 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". | |
| 7058 */ | |
| 7059 static int | |
| 7060 echeck_abbr(c) | |
| 7061 int c; | |
| 7062 { | |
| 7063 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just | |
| 7064 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ | |
| 7065 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) | |
| 7066 return FALSE; | |
| 7067 | |
| 7068 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, | |
| 7069 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); | |
| 7070 } | |
| 7071 | |
| 7072 /* | |
| 7073 * replace-stack functions | |
| 7074 * | |
| 7075 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each | |
| 7076 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. | |
| 7077 * | |
| 7078 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is | |
| 7079 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL | |
| 7080 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. | |
| 7081 * | |
| 7082 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters | |
| 7083 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor | |
| 7084 * that were deleted (always white space). | |
| 7085 * | |
| 7086 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new | |
| 7087 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many | |
| 7088 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. | |
| 7089 */ | |
| 7090 | |
| 298 | 7091 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; |
| 7092 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ | |
| 7093 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ | |
| 7 | 7094 |
| 7095 void | |
| 7096 replace_push(c) | |
| 7097 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ | |
| 7098 { | |
| 7099 char_u *p; | |
| 7100 | |
| 7101 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7102 return; | |
| 7103 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) | |
| 7104 { | |
| 7105 replace_stack_len += 50; | |
| 7106 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); | |
| 7107 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
| 7108 { | |
| 7109 replace_stack_len -= 50; | |
| 7110 return; | |
| 7111 } | |
| 7112 if (replace_stack != NULL) | |
| 7113 { | |
| 7114 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, | |
| 7115 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7116 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7117 } | |
| 7118 replace_stack = p; | |
| 7119 } | |
| 7120 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; | |
| 7121 if (replace_offset) | |
| 7122 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); | |
| 7123 *p = c; | |
| 7124 ++replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7125 } | |
| 7126 | |
| 1470 | 7127 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7128 /* | |
| 7129 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in | |
| 7130 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. | |
| 7131 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). | |
| 7132 */ | |
| 7133 int | |
| 7134 replace_push_mb(p) | |
| 7135 char_u *p; | |
| 7136 { | |
| 7137 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); | |
| 7138 int j; | |
| 7139 | |
| 7140 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) | |
| 7141 replace_push(p[j]); | |
| 7142 return l; | |
| 7143 } | |
| 7144 #endif | |
| 7145 | |
| 840 | 7146 #if 0 |
| 7 | 7147 /* |
| 7148 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL. | |
| 7149 */ | |
| 7150 static void | |
| 7151 replace_push_off(c) | |
| 7152 int c; | |
| 7153 { | |
| 7154 char_u *p; | |
| 7155 | |
| 7156 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7157 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7158 ++replace_offset) | |
| 7159 if (*--p == NUL) | |
| 7160 break; | |
| 7161 replace_push(c); | |
| 7162 replace_offset = 0; | |
| 7163 } | |
| 840 | 7164 #endif |
| 7 | 7165 |
| 7166 /* | |
| 7167 * Pop one item from the replace stack. | |
| 7168 * return -1 if stack empty | |
| 7169 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise | |
| 7170 */ | |
| 7171 static int | |
| 7172 replace_pop() | |
| 7173 { | |
| 7174 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) | |
| 7175 return -1; | |
| 7176 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; | |
| 7177 } | |
| 7178 | |
| 7179 /* | |
| 7180 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL | |
| 7181 * encountered. | |
| 7182 */ | |
| 7183 static void | |
| 7184 replace_join(off) | |
| 7185 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ | |
| 7186 { | |
| 7187 int i; | |
| 7188 | |
| 7189 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 7190 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) | |
| 7191 { | |
| 7192 --replace_stack_nr; | |
| 7193 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, | |
| 7194 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); | |
| 7195 return; | |
| 7196 } | |
| 7197 } | |
| 7198 | |
| 7199 /* | |
| 7200 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them | |
| 7201 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. | |
| 7202 */ | |
| 7203 static void | |
| 7204 replace_pop_ins() | |
| 7205 { | |
| 7206 int cc; | |
| 7207 int oldState = State; | |
| 7208 | |
| 7209 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ | |
| 7210 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) | |
| 7211 { | |
| 7212 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7213 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 7214 #else | |
| 7215 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7216 #endif | |
| 7217 dec_cursor(); | |
| 7218 } | |
| 7219 State = oldState; | |
| 7220 } | |
| 7221 | |
| 7222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7223 /* | |
| 7224 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it | |
| 7225 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. | |
| 7226 */ | |
| 7227 static void | |
| 7228 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) | |
| 7229 int cc; | |
| 7230 { | |
| 7231 int n; | |
| 7232 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; | |
| 7233 int i; | |
| 7234 int c; | |
| 7235 | |
| 7236 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) | |
| 7237 { | |
| 7238 buf[0] = cc; | |
| 7239 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7240 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7241 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7242 } | |
| 7243 else | |
| 7244 ins_char(cc); | |
| 7245 | |
| 7246 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7247 /* Handle composing chars. */ | |
| 7248 for (;;) | |
| 7249 { | |
| 7250 c = replace_pop(); | |
| 7251 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ | |
| 7252 break; | |
| 7253 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) | |
| 7254 { | |
| 7255 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ | |
| 7256 replace_push(c); | |
| 7257 break; | |
| 7258 } | |
| 7259 else | |
| 7260 { | |
| 7261 buf[0] = c; | |
| 7262 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) | |
| 7263 buf[i] = replace_pop(); | |
| 7264 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) | |
| 7265 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); | |
| 7266 else | |
| 7267 { | |
| 7268 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ | |
| 7269 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) | |
| 7270 replace_push(buf[i]); | |
| 7271 break; | |
| 7272 } | |
| 7273 } | |
| 7274 } | |
| 7275 } | |
| 7276 #endif | |
| 7277 | |
| 7278 /* | |
| 7279 * make the replace stack empty | |
| 7280 * (called when exiting replace mode) | |
| 7281 */ | |
| 7282 static void | |
| 7283 replace_flush() | |
| 7284 { | |
| 7285 vim_free(replace_stack); | |
| 7286 replace_stack = NULL; | |
| 7287 replace_stack_len = 0; | |
| 7288 replace_stack_nr = 0; | |
| 7289 } | |
| 7290 | |
| 7291 /* | |
| 7292 * Handle doing a BS for one character. | |
| 7293 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor | |
| 7294 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it | |
| 7295 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back | |
| 7296 * and check for more characters to be put back | |
| 1782 | 7297 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when |
| 7298 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). | |
| 7 | 7299 */ |
| 7300 static void | |
| 1782 | 7301 replace_do_bs(limit_col) |
| 7302 int limit_col; | |
| 7 | 7303 { |
| 7304 int cc; | |
| 7305 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7306 int orig_len = 0; | |
| 7307 int ins_len; | |
| 7308 int orig_vcols = 0; | |
| 7309 colnr_T start_vcol; | |
| 7310 char_u *p; | |
| 7311 int i; | |
| 7312 int vcol; | |
| 7313 #endif | |
| 7314 | |
| 7315 cc = replace_pop(); | |
| 7316 if (cc > 0) | |
| 7317 { | |
| 7318 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7319 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7320 { | |
| 7321 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are | |
| 7322 * going to delete. */ | |
| 7323 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); | |
| 7324 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); | |
| 7325 } | |
| 7326 #endif | |
| 7327 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7328 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7329 { | |
| 1782 | 7330 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7331 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 7332 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7333 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 7334 # endif |
| 7335 replace_push(cc); | |
| 7336 } | |
| 7337 else | |
| 7338 #endif | |
| 7339 { | |
| 7340 pchar_cursor(cc); | |
| 7341 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7342 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 835 | 7343 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; |
| 7 | 7344 #endif |
| 7345 } | |
| 7346 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 7347 | |
| 7348 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 7349 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 7350 { | |
| 7351 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ | |
| 7352 p = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 835 | 7353 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; |
| 7 | 7354 vcol = start_vcol; |
| 7355 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) | |
| 7356 { | |
| 7357 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); | |
| 7358 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 7359 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; |
| 7 | 7360 #endif |
| 7361 } | |
| 7362 vcol -= start_vcol; | |
| 7363 | |
| 7364 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the | |
| 7365 * text aligned. */ | |
| 7366 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; | |
| 7367 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') | |
| 7368 { | |
| 7369 del_char(FALSE); | |
| 7370 ++orig_vcols; | |
| 7371 } | |
| 7372 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; | |
| 7373 } | |
| 7374 #endif | |
| 7375 | |
| 7376 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ | |
| 7377 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); | |
| 7378 } | |
| 7379 else if (cc == 0) | |
| 1782 | 7380 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); |
| 7 | 7381 } |
| 7382 | |
| 7383 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7384 /* | |
| 7385 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. | |
| 7386 */ | |
| 7387 static int | |
| 7388 cindent_on() | |
| 7389 { | |
| 7390 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin | |
| 7391 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7392 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL | |
| 7393 # endif | |
| 7394 )); | |
| 7395 } | |
| 7396 #endif | |
| 7397 | |
| 7398 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7399 /* | |
| 7400 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the | |
| 7401 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very | |
| 7402 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. | |
| 7403 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. | |
| 7404 */ | |
| 7405 | |
| 7406 void | |
| 7407 fixthisline(get_the_indent) | |
| 7408 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); | |
| 7409 { | |
| 1516 | 7410 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 7411 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) |
| 7412 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ | |
| 7413 } | |
| 7414 | |
| 7415 void | |
| 7416 fix_indent() | |
| 7417 { | |
| 7418 if (p_paste) | |
| 7419 return; | |
| 7420 # ifdef FEAT_LISP | |
| 7421 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
| 7422 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); | |
| 7423 # endif | |
| 7424 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) | |
| 7425 else | |
| 7426 # endif | |
| 7427 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7428 if (cindent_on()) | |
| 7429 do_c_expr_indent(); | |
| 7430 # endif | |
| 7431 } | |
| 7432 | |
| 7433 #endif | |
| 7434 | |
| 7435 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 7436 /* | |
| 7437 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", | |
| 7438 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) | |
| 7439 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) | |
| 7440 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) | |
| 7441 * | |
| 7442 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: | |
| 7443 * KEY_OPEN_FORW | |
| 7444 * KEY_OPEN_BACK | |
| 7445 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. | |
| 7446 * | |
| 7447 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. | |
| 7448 */ | |
| 7449 int | |
| 7450 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) | |
| 7451 int keytyped; | |
| 7452 int when; | |
| 7453 int line_is_empty; | |
| 7454 { | |
| 7455 char_u *look; | |
| 7456 int try_match; | |
| 7457 int try_match_word; | |
| 7458 char_u *p; | |
| 7459 char_u *line; | |
| 7460 int icase; | |
| 7461 int i; | |
| 7462 | |
| 2025 | 7463 if (keytyped == NUL) |
| 7464 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ | |
| 7465 return FALSE; | |
| 7466 | |
| 7 | 7467 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7468 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) | |
| 7469 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ | |
| 7470 else | |
| 7471 #endif | |
| 7472 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ | |
| 7473 while (*look) | |
| 7474 { | |
| 7475 /* | |
| 7476 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on | |
| 7477 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. | |
| 7478 */ | |
| 7479 switch (when) | |
| 7480 { | |
| 7481 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; | |
| 7482 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; | |
| 7483 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; | |
| 7484 } | |
| 7485 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') | |
| 7486 ++look; | |
| 7487 | |
| 7488 /* | |
| 7489 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. | |
| 7490 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. | |
| 7491 */ | |
| 7492 if (*look == '0') | |
| 7493 { | |
| 7494 try_match_word = try_match; | |
| 7495 if (!line_is_empty) | |
| 7496 try_match = FALSE; | |
| 7497 ++look; | |
| 7498 } | |
| 7499 else | |
| 7500 try_match_word = FALSE; | |
| 7501 | |
| 7502 /* | |
| 7503 * does it look like a control character? | |
| 7504 */ | |
| 7505 if (*look == '^' | |
| 7506 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7507 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) | |
| 7508 #else | |
| 7509 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' | |
| 7510 #endif | |
| 7511 ) | |
| 7512 { | |
| 7513 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) | |
| 7514 return TRUE; | |
| 7515 look += 2; | |
| 7516 } | |
| 7517 /* | |
| 7518 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. | |
| 7519 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. | |
| 7520 */ | |
| 7521 else if (*look == 'o') | |
| 7522 { | |
| 7523 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) | |
| 7524 return TRUE; | |
| 7525 ++look; | |
| 7526 } | |
| 7527 else if (*look == 'O') | |
| 7528 { | |
| 7529 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) | |
| 7530 return TRUE; | |
| 7531 ++look; | |
| 7532 } | |
| 7533 | |
| 7534 /* | |
| 7535 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the | |
| 7536 * cursor. | |
| 7537 */ | |
| 7538 else if (*look == 'e') | |
| 7539 { | |
| 7540 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) | |
| 7541 { | |
| 7542 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7543 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && | |
| 7544 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) | |
| 7545 return TRUE; | |
| 7546 } | |
| 7547 ++look; | |
| 7548 } | |
| 7549 | |
| 7550 /* | |
| 7551 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case | |
| 7552 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix | |
| 7553 * class::method for C++). | |
| 7554 */ | |
| 7555 else if (*look == ':') | |
| 7556 { | |
| 7557 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') | |
| 7558 { | |
| 7559 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7560 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
|
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7561 || cin_islabel(30)) |
| 7 | 7562 return TRUE; |
| 1300 | 7563 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ |
| 7564 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7 | 7565 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 |
| 7566 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' | |
| 7567 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') | |
| 7568 { | |
| 7569 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; | |
|
2297
5ffe000a9ecf
Improve Javascript indenting. Add "J" flag to 'cino'. (Hari Kumar G)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2294
diff
changeset
|
7570 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) |
| 7 | 7571 || cin_islabel(30)); |
| 7572 p = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7573 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; | |
| 7574 if (i) | |
| 7575 return TRUE; | |
| 7576 } | |
| 7577 } | |
| 7578 ++look; | |
| 7579 } | |
| 7580 | |
| 7581 | |
| 7582 /* | |
| 7583 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? | |
| 7584 */ | |
| 7585 else if (*look == '<') | |
| 7586 { | |
| 7587 if (try_match) | |
| 7588 { | |
| 7589 /* | |
| 7590 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, | |
| 7591 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, | |
| 7592 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. | |
| 7593 */ | |
| 7594 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL | |
| 7595 && keytyped == look[1]) | |
| 7596 return TRUE; | |
| 7597 | |
| 7598 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) | |
| 7599 return TRUE; | |
| 7600 } | |
| 7601 while (*look && *look != '>') | |
| 7602 look++; | |
| 7603 while (*look == '>') | |
| 7604 look++; | |
| 7605 } | |
| 7606 | |
| 7607 /* | |
| 7608 * Is it a word: "=word"? | |
| 7609 */ | |
| 7610 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) | |
| 7611 { | |
| 7612 ++look; | |
| 7613 if (*look == '~') | |
| 7614 { | |
| 7615 icase = TRUE; | |
| 7616 ++look; | |
| 7617 } | |
| 7618 else | |
| 7619 icase = FALSE; | |
| 7620 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); | |
| 7621 if (p == NULL) | |
| 7622 p = look + STRLEN(look); | |
| 7623 if ((try_match || try_match_word) | |
| 7624 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) | |
| 7625 { | |
| 7626 int match = FALSE; | |
| 7627 | |
| 7628 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7629 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) | |
| 7630 { | |
| 7631 char_u *s; | |
| 7632 | |
| 7633 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". | |
| 7634 * search back for the start of a word. */ | |
| 7635 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7636 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7637 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7638 { | |
| 7639 char_u *n; | |
| 7640 | |
| 7641 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) | |
| 7642 { | |
| 7643 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); | |
| 7644 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) | |
| 7645 break; | |
| 7646 } | |
| 7647 } | |
| 7648 else | |
| 7649 # endif | |
| 7650 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) | |
| 7651 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) | |
| 7652 break; | |
| 7653 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col | |
| 7654 && (icase | |
| 7655 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) | |
| 7656 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) | |
| 7657 match = TRUE; | |
| 7658 } | |
| 7659 else | |
| 7660 #endif | |
| 7661 /* TODO: multi-byte */ | |
| 7662 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 | |
| 7663 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) | |
| 7664 { | |
| 7665 line = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 7666 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) | |
| 7667 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) | |
| 7668 && (icase | |
| 7669 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) | |
| 7670 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) | |
| 7671 == 0) | |
| 7672 match = TRUE; | |
| 7673 } | |
| 7674 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) | |
| 7675 { | |
| 7676 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the | |
| 7677 * word. */ | |
| 7678 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
| 7679 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != | |
| 7680 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) | |
| 7681 match = FALSE; | |
| 7682 } | |
| 7683 if (match) | |
| 7684 return TRUE; | |
| 7685 } | |
| 7686 look = p; | |
| 7687 } | |
| 7688 | |
| 7689 /* | |
| 7690 * ok, it's a boring generic character. | |
| 7691 */ | |
| 7692 else | |
| 7693 { | |
| 7694 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) | |
| 7695 return TRUE; | |
| 7696 ++look; | |
| 7697 } | |
| 7698 | |
| 7699 /* | |
| 7700 * Skip over ", ". | |
| 7701 */ | |
| 7702 look = skip_to_option_part(look); | |
| 7703 } | |
| 7704 return FALSE; | |
| 7705 } | |
| 7706 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ | |
| 7707 | |
| 7708 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7709 /* | |
| 7710 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. | |
| 7711 */ | |
| 7712 int | |
| 7713 hkmap(c) | |
| 7714 int c; | |
| 7715 { | |
| 7716 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ | |
| 7717 { | |
| 7718 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, | |
| 7719 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, | |
| 7720 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; | |
| 7721 static char_u map[26] = | |
| 7722 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, | |
| 7723 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, | |
| 7724 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, | |
| 7725 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, | |
| 7726 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, | |
| 7727 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, | |
| 7728 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, | |
| 7729 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, | |
| 7730 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; | |
| 7731 | |
| 7732 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') | |
| 7733 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); | |
| 7734 /* '-1'='sofit' */ | |
| 7735 else if (c == 'x') | |
| 7736 return 'X'; | |
| 7737 else if (c == 'q') | |
| 7738 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ | |
| 7739 else if (c == 246) | |
| 7740 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ | |
| 7741 else if (c == 228) | |
| 7742 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7743 else if (c == 252) | |
| 7744 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ | |
| 7745 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7746 else if (islower(c)) | |
| 7747 #else | |
| 7748 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we | |
| 7749 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on | |
| 7750 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are | |
| 7751 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. | |
| 7752 */ | |
| 7753 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') | |
| 7754 #endif | |
| 7755 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); | |
| 7756 else | |
| 7757 return c; | |
| 7758 } | |
| 7759 else | |
| 7760 { | |
| 7761 switch (c) | |
| 7762 { | |
| 7763 case '`': return ';'; | |
| 7764 case '/': return '.'; | |
| 7765 case '\'': return ','; | |
| 7766 case 'q': return '/'; | |
| 7767 case 'w': return '\''; | |
| 7768 | |
| 7769 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ | |
| 7770 case ',': c = '{'; break; | |
| 7771 case '.': c = 'v'; break; | |
| 7772 case ';': c = 't'; break; | |
| 7773 default: { | |
| 7774 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; | |
| 7775 | |
| 7776 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
| 7777 /* see note about islower() above */ | |
| 7778 if (!islower(c)) | |
| 7779 #else | |
| 7780 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') | |
| 7781 #endif | |
| 7782 return c; | |
| 7783 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; | |
| 7784 break; | |
| 7785 } | |
| 7786 } | |
| 7787 | |
| 7788 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); | |
| 7789 } | |
| 7790 } | |
| 7791 #endif | |
| 7792 | |
| 7793 static void | |
| 7794 ins_reg() | |
| 7795 { | |
| 7796 int need_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 7797 int regname; | |
| 7798 int literally = 0; | |
| 844 | 7799 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 7800 int vis_active = VIsual_active; | |
| 7801 #endif | |
| 7 | 7802 |
| 7803 /* | |
| 7804 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. | |
| 7805 */ | |
| 7806 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 7807 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 7808 { | |
| 7809 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 7810 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 7811 |
| 7812 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); | |
| 7813 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7814 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); | |
| 7815 #endif | |
| 7816 } | |
| 7817 | |
| 7818 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 7819 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 7820 #endif | |
| 7821 | |
| 7822 /* | |
| 7823 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 7824 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 7825 */ | |
| 7826 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 7827 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7828 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 7829 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) | |
| 7830 { | |
| 7831 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ | |
| 7832 literally = regname; | |
| 7833 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7834 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); | |
| 7835 #endif | |
| 1389 | 7836 regname = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7837 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); |
| 7838 } | |
| 7839 --no_mapping; | |
| 7840 | |
| 7841 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 7842 /* | |
| 7843 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, | |
| 7844 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! | |
| 7845 */ | |
| 7846 ++no_u_sync; | |
| 7847 if (regname == '=') | |
| 7848 { | |
| 133 | 7849 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 7850 int im_on = im_get_status(); |
| 133 | 7851 # endif |
| 7 | 7852 regname = get_expr_register(); |
| 133 | 7853 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL |
| 7 | 7854 /* Restore the Input Method. */ |
| 7855 if (im_on) | |
| 7856 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 133 | 7857 # endif |
| 7 | 7858 } |
| 140 | 7859 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) |
| 7860 { | |
| 7861 vim_beep(); | |
| 7 | 7862 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ |
| 140 | 7863 } |
| 7 | 7864 else |
| 7865 { | |
| 7866 #endif | |
| 7867 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) | |
| 7868 { | |
| 7869 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ | |
| 7870 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); | |
| 7871 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); | |
| 7872 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); | |
| 7873 | |
| 7874 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, | |
| 7875 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 7876 } | |
| 7877 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) | |
| 7878 { | |
| 7879 vim_beep(); | |
| 7880 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ | |
| 7881 } | |
| 133 | 7882 else if (stop_insert_mode) |
| 7883 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that | |
| 7884 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't | |
| 7885 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 7886 need_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 7887 | |
| 7 | 7888 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 7889 } | |
| 7890 --no_u_sync; | |
| 7891 #endif | |
| 7892 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 7893 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 7894 #endif | |
| 7895 | |
| 7896 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ | |
| 7897 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) | |
| 7898 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 844 | 7899 |
| 7900 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 7901 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ | |
| 7902 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) | |
| 7903 end_visual_mode(); | |
| 7904 #endif | |
| 7 | 7905 } |
| 7906 | |
| 7907 /* | |
| 7908 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. | |
| 7909 */ | |
| 7910 static void | |
| 7911 ins_ctrl_g() | |
| 7912 { | |
| 7913 int c; | |
| 7914 | |
| 7915 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 7916 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ | |
| 7917 setcursor(); | |
| 7918 #endif | |
| 7919 | |
| 7920 /* | |
| 7921 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be | |
| 7922 * deleted when ESC is hit. | |
| 7923 */ | |
| 7924 ++no_mapping; | |
| 1389 | 7925 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 7926 --no_mapping; |
| 7927 switch (c) | |
| 7928 { | |
| 7929 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ | |
| 7930 case K_UP: | |
| 7931 case Ctrl_K: | |
| 7932 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); | |
| 7933 break; | |
| 7934 | |
| 7935 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ | |
| 7936 case K_DOWN: | |
| 7937 case Ctrl_J: | |
| 7938 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); | |
| 7939 break; | |
| 7940 | |
| 7941 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ | |
| 825 | 7942 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); |
| 7 | 7943 ins_need_undo = TRUE; |
| 626 | 7944 |
| 7945 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins | |
| 1219 | 7946 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ |
| 626 | 7947 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 7 | 7948 break; |
| 7949 | |
| 7950 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ | |
| 7951 default: vim_beep(); | |
| 7952 } | |
| 7953 } | |
| 7954 | |
| 7955 /* | |
| 449 | 7956 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. |
| 7957 */ | |
| 7958 static void | |
| 7959 ins_ctrl_hat() | |
| 7960 { | |
| 782 | 7961 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) |
| 449 | 7962 { |
| 7963 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ | |
| 7964 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 7965 { | |
| 7966 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 7967 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 7968 } | |
| 7969 else | |
| 7970 { | |
| 7971 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; | |
| 7972 State |= LANGMAP; | |
| 7973 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 7974 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 7975 #endif | |
| 7976 } | |
| 7977 } | |
| 7978 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 7979 else | |
| 7980 { | |
| 7981 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ | |
| 7982 if (im_get_status()) | |
| 7983 { | |
| 7984 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; | |
| 7985 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 7986 } | |
| 7987 else | |
| 7988 { | |
| 7989 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; | |
| 7990 State &= ~LANGMAP; | |
| 7991 im_set_active(TRUE); | |
| 7992 } | |
| 7993 } | |
| 7994 #endif | |
| 7995 set_iminsert_global(); | |
| 7996 showmode(); | |
| 7997 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7998 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ | |
| 7999 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 8000 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 8001 #endif | |
| 8002 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) | |
| 8003 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ | |
| 8004 status_redraw_curbuf(); | |
| 8005 #endif | |
| 8006 } | |
| 8007 | |
| 8008 /* | |
| 7 | 8009 * Handle ESC in insert mode. |
| 8010 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the | |
| 8011 * insert. | |
| 8012 */ | |
| 8013 static int | |
| 477 | 8014 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) |
| 7 | 8015 long *count; |
| 8016 int cmdchar; | |
| 477 | 8017 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ |
| 7 | 8018 { |
| 8019 int temp; | |
| 8020 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8021 | |
| 744 | 8022 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 449 | 8023 check_spell_redraw(); |
| 8024 #endif | |
| 7 | 8025 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) |
| 8026 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) | |
| 8027 hangul_input_state_set(0); | |
| 8028 # endif | |
| 8029 if (composing_hangul) | |
| 8030 { | |
| 8031 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); | |
| 8032 composing_hangul = 0; | |
| 8033 } | |
| 8034 #endif | |
| 8035 | |
| 8036 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8037 if (disabled_redraw) | |
| 8038 { | |
| 8039 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8040 disabled_redraw = FALSE; | |
| 8041 } | |
| 8042 if (!arrow_used) | |
| 8043 { | |
| 8044 /* | |
| 8045 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". | |
| 75 | 8046 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for |
| 8047 * when "count" is non-zero. | |
| 7 | 8048 */ |
| 8049 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') | |
| 75 | 8050 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); |
| 7 | 8051 |
| 8052 /* | |
| 8053 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for | |
| 8054 * interrupt now and then. | |
| 8055 */ | |
| 8056 if (*count > 0) | |
| 8057 { | |
| 8058 line_breakcheck(); | |
| 8059 if (got_int) | |
| 8060 *count = 0; | |
| 8061 } | |
| 8062 | |
| 8063 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ | |
| 8064 { | |
| 164 | 8065 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ |
| 8066 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) | |
| 8067 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; | |
| 8068 | |
| 7 | 8069 (void)start_redo_ins(); |
| 8070 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') | |
| 8071 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ | |
| 8072 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 8073 disabled_redraw = TRUE; | |
| 8074 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ | |
| 8075 } | |
| 8076 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); | |
| 8077 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8078 } | |
| 8079 | |
| 8080 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the | |
| 8081 * indent */ | |
| 8082 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 8083 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 8084 | |
| 8085 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ | |
| 8086 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) | |
| 8087 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8088 | |
| 8089 /* | |
| 8090 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. | |
| 477 | 8091 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. |
| 7 | 8092 */ |
| 477 | 8093 if (!nomove |
| 8094 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 | |
| 7 | 8095 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 8096 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 | |
| 8097 #endif | |
| 477 | 8098 ) |
| 8099 && (restart_edit == NUL | |
| 8100 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL | |
| 7 | 8101 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 477 | 8102 && !VIsual_active |
| 8103 #endif | |
| 8104 )) | |
| 7 | 8105 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8106 && !revins_on | |
| 8107 #endif | |
| 8108 ) | |
| 8109 { | |
| 8110 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8111 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) | |
| 8112 { | |
| 8113 oneleft(); | |
| 8114 if (restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8115 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8116 } | |
| 8117 else | |
| 8118 #endif | |
| 8119 { | |
| 8120 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8121 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8122 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ | |
| 8123 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 8124 mb_adjust_cursor(); | |
| 8125 #endif | |
| 8126 } | |
| 8127 } | |
| 8128 | |
| 8129 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL | |
| 8130 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. | |
| 8131 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as | |
| 8132 * well). */ | |
| 8133 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) | |
| 8134 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); | |
| 8135 im_set_active(FALSE); | |
| 8136 #endif | |
| 8137 | |
| 8138 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8139 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ | |
| 8140 changed_cline_bef_curs(); | |
| 8141 | |
| 8142 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8143 setmouse(); | |
| 8144 #endif | |
| 8145 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8146 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8147 #endif | |
| 8148 | |
| 8149 /* | |
| 8150 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. | |
| 8151 * Otherwise remove the mode message. | |
| 8152 */ | |
| 8153 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) | |
| 8154 showmode(); | |
| 8155 else if (p_smd) | |
| 8156 MSG(""); | |
| 8157 | |
| 8158 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ | |
| 8159 } | |
| 8160 | |
| 8161 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8162 /* | |
| 8163 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. | |
| 8164 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. | |
| 8165 */ | |
| 8166 static void | |
| 8167 ins_ctrl_() | |
| 8168 { | |
| 8169 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) | |
| 8170 { | |
| 8171 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) | |
| 8172 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8173 } | |
| 8174 p_ri = !p_ri; | |
| 8175 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); | |
| 8176 if (revins_on) | |
| 8177 { | |
| 8178 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8179 revins_legal++; | |
| 8180 revins_chars = 0; | |
| 8181 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8182 } | |
| 8183 else | |
| 8184 revins_scol = -1; | |
| 8185 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8186 if (p_altkeymap) | |
| 8187 { | |
| 8188 /* | |
| 8189 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' | |
| 8190 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo | |
| 8191 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). | |
| 8192 */ | |
| 8193 arrow_used = TRUE; | |
| 8194 (void)stop_arrow(); | |
| 8195 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; | |
| 8196 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8197 State = INSERT; | |
| 8198 } | |
| 8199 else | |
| 8200 #endif | |
| 8201 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ | |
| 8202 showmode(); | |
| 8203 } | |
| 8204 #endif | |
| 8205 | |
| 8206 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 8207 /* | |
| 8208 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. | |
| 8209 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. | |
| 8210 */ | |
| 8211 static int | |
| 8212 ins_start_select(c) | |
| 8213 int c; | |
| 8214 { | |
| 8215 if (km_startsel) | |
| 8216 switch (c) | |
| 8217 { | |
| 8218 case K_KHOME: | |
| 8219 case K_KEND: | |
| 8220 case K_PAGEUP: | |
| 8221 case K_KPAGEUP: | |
| 8222 case K_PAGEDOWN: | |
| 8223 case K_KPAGEDOWN: | |
| 8224 # ifdef MACOS | |
| 8225 case K_LEFT: | |
| 8226 case K_RIGHT: | |
| 8227 case K_UP: | |
| 8228 case K_DOWN: | |
| 8229 case K_END: | |
| 8230 case K_HOME: | |
| 8231 # endif | |
| 8232 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) | |
| 8233 break; | |
| 8234 /* FALLTHROUGH */ | |
| 8235 case K_S_LEFT: | |
| 8236 case K_S_RIGHT: | |
| 8237 case K_S_UP: | |
| 8238 case K_S_DOWN: | |
| 8239 case K_S_END: | |
| 8240 case K_S_HOME: | |
| 8241 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with | |
| 8242 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ | |
| 8243 start_selection(); | |
| 8244 | |
| 8245 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ | |
| 8246 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); | |
| 8247 if (mod_mask) | |
| 8248 { | |
| 8249 char_u buf[4]; | |
| 8250 | |
| 8251 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; | |
| 8252 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 8253 buf[2] = mod_mask; | |
| 8254 buf[3] = NUL; | |
| 8255 stuffReadbuff(buf); | |
| 8256 } | |
| 8257 stuffcharReadbuff(c); | |
| 8258 return TRUE; | |
| 8259 } | |
| 8260 return FALSE; | |
| 8261 } | |
| 8262 #endif | |
| 8263 | |
| 8264 /* | |
| 449 | 8265 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. |
| 8266 */ | |
| 8267 static void | |
| 8268 ins_insert(replaceState) | |
| 8269 int replaceState; | |
| 8270 { | |
| 8271 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 8272 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) | |
| 8273 { | |
| 8274 beep_flush(); | |
| 8275 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ | |
| 8276 return; | |
| 8277 } | |
| 8278 #endif | |
| 8279 | |
| 8280 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 532 | 8281 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 449 | 8282 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, |
| 8283 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : | |
| 667 | 8284 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE |
| 8285 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : | |
| 8286 # endif | |
| 8287 "r"), 1); | |
| 532 | 8288 # endif |
| 449 | 8289 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 8290 #endif | |
| 8291 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8292 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8293 else | |
| 8294 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); | |
| 8295 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); | |
| 8296 showmode(); | |
| 8297 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE | |
| 8298 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ | |
| 8299 #endif | |
| 8300 } | |
| 8301 | |
| 8302 /* | |
| 8303 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. | |
| 8304 */ | |
| 8305 static void | |
| 8306 ins_ctrl_o() | |
| 8307 { | |
| 8308 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8309 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8310 restart_edit = 'V'; | |
| 8311 else | |
| 8312 #endif | |
| 8313 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8314 restart_edit = 'R'; | |
| 8315 else | |
| 8316 restart_edit = 'I'; | |
| 8317 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8318 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 8319 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ | |
| 8320 else | |
| 8321 #endif | |
| 8322 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); | |
| 8323 } | |
| 8324 | |
| 8325 /* | |
| 7 | 8326 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one |
| 8327 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". | |
| 1796 | 8328 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible |
| 7 | 8329 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an |
| 8330 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. | |
| 8331 */ | |
| 8332 static void | |
| 8333 ins_shift(c, lastc) | |
| 8334 int c; | |
| 8335 int lastc; | |
| 8336 { | |
| 8337 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8338 return; | |
| 8339 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8340 | |
| 8341 /* | |
| 8342 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. | |
| 8343 */ | |
| 1330 | 8344 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') |
| 8345 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 7 | 8346 { |
| 8347 --curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8348 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ | |
| 8349 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ | |
| 8350 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8351 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8352 if (lastc == '^') | |
| 8353 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ | |
| 1516 | 8354 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8355 } |
| 8356 else | |
| 1516 | 8357 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); |
| 7 | 8358 |
| 8359 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) | |
| 8360 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8361 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8362 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8363 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8364 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8365 #endif | |
| 8366 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8367 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ | |
| 8368 #endif | |
| 8369 } | |
| 8370 | |
| 8371 static void | |
| 8372 ins_del() | |
| 8373 { | |
| 8374 int temp; | |
| 8375 | |
| 8376 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8377 return; | |
| 8378 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ | |
| 8379 { | |
| 8380 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8381 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8382 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) |
| 7 | 8383 vim_beep(); |
| 8384 else | |
| 8385 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; | |
| 8386 } | |
| 8387 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ | |
| 8388 vim_beep(); | |
| 8389 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8390 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8391 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8392 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8393 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8394 #endif | |
| 8395 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); | |
| 8396 } | |
| 8397 | |
| 1460 | 8398 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); |
| 8399 | |
| 8400 /* | |
| 8401 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). | |
| 8402 */ | |
| 8403 static void | |
| 8404 ins_bs_one(vcolp) | |
| 8405 colnr_T *vcolp; | |
| 8406 { | |
| 8407 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8408 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8409 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8410 { | |
| 8411 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in | |
| 8412 * Replace mode */ | |
| 8413 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8414 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) | |
| 1782 | 8415 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 1460 | 8416 } |
| 8417 else | |
| 8418 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8419 } | |
| 8420 | |
| 7 | 8421 /* |
| 8422 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. | |
| 8423 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. | |
| 8424 */ | |
| 8425 static int | |
| 8426 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) | |
| 8427 int c; | |
| 8428 int mode; | |
| 8429 int *inserted_space_p; | |
| 8430 { | |
| 8431 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 8432 int cc; | |
| 8433 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 1872 | 8434 colnr_T save_col; |
| 7 | 8435 colnr_T mincol; |
| 8436 int did_backspace = FALSE; | |
| 8437 int in_indent; | |
| 8438 int oldState; | |
| 8439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8440 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ |
| 7 | 8441 #endif |
| 8442 | |
| 8443 /* | |
| 8444 * can't delete anything in an empty file | |
| 8445 * can't backup past first character in buffer | |
| 8446 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 | |
| 8447 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 | |
| 8448 */ | |
| 8449 if ( bufempty() | |
| 8450 || ( | |
| 8451 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8452 !revins_on && | |
| 8453 #endif | |
| 8454 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8455 || (!can_bs(BS_START) | |
| 8456 && (arrow_used | |
| 8457 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8458 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) | |
| 8459 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 | |
| 8460 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) | |
| 8461 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) | |
| 8462 { | |
| 8463 vim_beep(); | |
| 8464 return FALSE; | |
| 8465 } | |
| 8466 | |
| 8467 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 8468 return FALSE; | |
| 8469 in_indent = inindent(0); | |
| 8470 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8471 if (in_indent) | |
| 8472 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 8473 #endif | |
| 8474 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 8475 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ | |
| 8476 #endif | |
| 8477 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8478 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ | |
| 8479 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8480 #endif | |
| 8481 | |
| 8482 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 8483 /* Virtualedit: | |
| 8484 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space | |
| 8485 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd | |
| 8486 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going | |
| 8487 */ | |
| 8488 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 8489 { | |
| 8490 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8491 { | |
| 8492 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; | |
| 8493 return TRUE; | |
| 8494 } | |
| 8495 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) | |
| 8496 { | |
| 8497 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8498 return TRUE; | |
| 8499 } | |
| 8500 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 8501 } | |
| 8502 #endif | |
| 8503 | |
| 8504 /* | |
| 8505 * delete newline! | |
| 8506 */ | |
| 8507 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) | |
| 8508 { | |
| 8509 lnum = Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8510 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8511 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8512 || revins_on | |
| 8513 #endif | |
| 8514 ) | |
| 8515 { | |
| 8516 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), | |
| 8517 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
| 8518 return FALSE; | |
| 8519 --Insstart.lnum; | |
| 8520 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; | |
| 8521 } | |
| 8522 /* | |
| 8523 * In replace mode: | |
| 8524 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it | |
| 8525 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back | |
| 8526 */ | |
| 8527 cc = -1; | |
| 8528 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8529 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ | |
| 8530 /* | |
| 8531 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the | |
| 8532 * cursor. | |
| 8533 */ | |
| 8534 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) | |
| 8535 { | |
| 8536 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8537 } | |
| 8538 else | |
| 8539 { | |
| 8540 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8541 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8542 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) | |
| 8543 #endif | |
| 8544 { | |
| 8545 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ | |
| 8546 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 278 | 8547 |
| 8548 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at | |
| 8549 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken | |
| 8550 * again when auto-formatting. */ | |
| 8551 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) | |
| 8552 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) | |
| 8553 { | |
| 8554 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, | |
| 8555 TRUE); | |
| 8556 int len; | |
| 8557 | |
| 835 | 8558 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); |
| 278 | 8559 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') |
| 8560 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; | |
| 8561 } | |
| 8562 | |
|
2294
2209060c340d
Make joining a range of lines much faster. (Milan Vancura)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2282
diff
changeset
|
8563 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); |
| 7 | 8564 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) |
| 8565 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8566 } | |
| 8567 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8568 else | |
| 8569 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8570 #endif | |
| 8571 | |
| 8572 /* | |
| 8573 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced | |
| 8574 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated | |
| 8575 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the | |
| 8576 * characters that NL replaced. | |
| 8577 */ | |
| 8578 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8579 { | |
| 8580 /* | |
| 8581 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to | |
| 8582 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and | |
| 8583 * avoiding showmatch(). | |
| 8584 */ | |
| 8585 oldState = State; | |
| 8586 State = NORMAL; | |
| 8587 /* | |
| 8588 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor | |
| 8589 */ | |
| 8590 while (cc > 0) | |
| 8591 { | |
| 1872 | 8592 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 8594 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); | |
| 8595 #else | |
| 8596 ins_char(cc); | |
| 8597 #endif | |
| 1872 | 8598 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8599 cc = replace_pop(); |
| 8600 } | |
| 8601 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ | |
| 8602 replace_pop_ins(); | |
| 8603 State = oldState; | |
| 8604 } | |
| 8605 } | |
| 8606 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8607 } | |
| 8608 else | |
| 8609 { | |
| 8610 /* | |
| 8611 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. | |
| 8612 */ | |
| 8613 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8614 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ | |
| 8615 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8616 #endif | |
| 8617 mincol = 0; | |
| 8618 /* keep indent */ | |
| 1085 | 8619 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE |
| 8620 && (curbuf->b_p_ai | |
| 8621 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 2004 | 8622 || cindent_on() |
| 1085 | 8623 #endif |
| 8624 ) | |
| 7 | 8625 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 8626 && !revins_on | |
| 8627 #endif | |
| 8628 ) | |
| 8629 { | |
| 1872 | 8630 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 7 | 8631 beginline(BL_WHITE); |
| 1988 | 8632 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) |
| 7 | 8633 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; |
| 1872 | 8634 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; |
| 7 | 8635 } |
| 8636 | |
| 8637 /* | |
| 8638 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. | |
| 8639 */ | |
| 8640 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR | |
| 8641 && ((p_sta && in_indent) | |
| 648 | 8642 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 |
| 1497 | 8643 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 |
| 7 | 8644 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB |
| 8645 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' | |
| 8646 && (!*inserted_space_p | |
| 8647 || arrow_used)))))) | |
| 8648 { | |
| 8649 int ts; | |
| 8650 colnr_T vcol; | |
| 8651 colnr_T want_vcol; | |
| 1460 | 8652 colnr_T start_vcol; |
| 7 | 8653 |
| 8654 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; | |
| 648 | 8655 if (p_sta && in_indent) |
| 7 | 8656 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; |
| 8657 else | |
| 8658 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 8659 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since | |
| 8660 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of | |
| 8661 * the previous character. */ | |
| 8662 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 1460 | 8663 start_vcol = vcol; |
| 7 | 8664 dec_cursor(); |
| 8665 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); | |
| 8666 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8667 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; | |
| 8668 | |
| 8669 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ | |
| 8670 while (vcol > want_vcol | |
| 8671 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) | |
| 1460 | 8672 ins_bs_one(&vcol); |
| 7 | 8673 |
| 8674 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ | |
| 8675 while (vcol < want_vcol) | |
| 8676 { | |
| 8677 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ | |
| 8678 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8679 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8680 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8681 | |
| 8682 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 8683 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8684 ins_char(' '); | |
| 8685 else | |
| 8686 #endif | |
| 8687 { | |
| 8688 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 1460 | 8689 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) |
| 8690 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 7 | 8691 } |
| 8692 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 8693 } | |
| 1460 | 8694 |
| 8695 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can | |
| 8696 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ | |
| 8697 if (vcol >= start_vcol) | |
| 8698 ins_bs_one(&vcol); | |
| 7 | 8699 } |
| 8700 | |
| 8701 /* | |
| 8702 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. | |
| 8703 */ | |
| 8704 else do | |
| 8705 { | |
| 8706 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8707 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ | |
| 8708 #endif | |
| 8709 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8710 | |
| 8711 /* start of word? */ | |
| 8712 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) | |
| 8713 { | |
| 8714 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; | |
| 8715 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); | |
| 8716 } | |
| 8717 /* end of word? */ | |
| 8718 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE | |
| 8719 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) | |
| 8720 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) | |
| 8721 { | |
| 8722 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8723 if (!revins_on) | |
| 8724 #endif | |
| 8725 inc_cursor(); | |
| 8726 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8727 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 8728 dec_cursor(); | |
| 8729 #endif | |
| 8730 break; | |
| 8731 } | |
| 8732 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1782 | 8733 replace_do_bs(-1); |
| 7 | 8734 else |
| 8735 { | |
| 8736 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8737 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) | |
| 714 | 8738 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); |
| 7 | 8739 #endif |
| 8740 (void)del_char(FALSE); | |
| 8741 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8742 /* | |
| 714 | 8743 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set |
| 8744 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base | |
| 7 | 8745 * character. |
| 8746 */ | |
| 714 | 8747 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) |
| 7 | 8748 inc_cursor(); |
| 8749 #endif | |
| 8750 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8751 if (revins_chars) | |
| 8752 { | |
| 8753 revins_chars--; | |
| 8754 revins_legal++; | |
| 8755 } | |
| 8756 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) | |
| 8757 break; | |
| 8758 #endif | |
| 8759 } | |
| 8760 /* Just a single backspace?: */ | |
| 8761 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) | |
| 8762 break; | |
| 8763 } while ( | |
| 8764 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 8765 revins_on || | |
| 8766 #endif | |
| 8767 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol | |
| 8768 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum | |
| 8769 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); | |
| 8770 did_backspace = TRUE; | |
| 8771 } | |
| 8772 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 8773 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 8774 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 8775 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 8776 #endif | |
| 8777 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) | |
| 8778 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 8779 /* | |
| 8780 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo | |
| 8781 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal | |
| 8782 * with. | |
| 8783 */ | |
| 8784 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); | |
| 8785 | |
| 8786 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ | |
| 8787 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 8788 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 8789 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 8790 | |
| 8791 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that | |
| 8792 * was there remains visible | |
| 8793 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that | |
| 8794 * was there is erased from the screen. | |
| 8795 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar | |
| 8796 * displayed even when there isn't. | |
| 8797 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ | |
| 8798 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 8799 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 8800 | |
| 1514 | 8801 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 8802 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. | |
| 8803 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white | |
| 8804 * char before a Tab. */ | |
| 8805 if (did_backspace) | |
| 8806 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 8807 #endif | |
| 8808 | |
| 7 | 8809 return did_backspace; |
| 8810 } | |
| 8811 | |
| 8812 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
| 8813 static void | |
| 8814 ins_mouse(c) | |
| 8815 int c; | |
| 8816 { | |
| 8817 pos_T tpos; | |
| 840 | 8818 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; |
| 7 | 8819 |
| 8820 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8821 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ | |
| 8822 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8823 # endif | |
| 8824 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) | |
| 8825 return; | |
| 8826 | |
| 8827 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8828 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8829 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) | |
| 8830 { | |
| 840 | 8831 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8832 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; | |
| 8833 | |
| 8834 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) | |
| 8835 { | |
| 8836 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the | |
| 8837 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ | |
| 8838 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 8839 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8840 } | |
| 8841 #endif | |
| 8842 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); | |
| 8843 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8844 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) | |
| 8845 { | |
| 8846 curwin = new_curwin; | |
| 8847 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8848 } | |
| 8849 #endif | |
| 7 | 8850 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT |
| 8851 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8852 # endif | |
| 8853 } | |
| 8854 | |
| 8855 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8856 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ | |
| 8857 redraw_statuslines(); | |
| 8858 #endif | |
| 8859 } | |
| 8860 | |
| 8861 static void | |
| 8862 ins_mousescroll(up) | |
| 8863 int up; | |
| 8864 { | |
| 8865 pos_T tpos; | |
| 1434 | 8866 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 8867 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 8868 # endif | |
| 8869 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8870 int did_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 8871 # endif |
| 8872 | |
| 8873 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8874 | |
| 8875 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8876 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ | |
| 8877 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) | |
| 8878 { | |
| 8879 int row, col; | |
| 8880 | |
| 8881 row = mouse_row; | |
| 8882 col = mouse_col; | |
| 8883 | |
| 8884 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ | |
| 8885 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); | |
| 8886 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8887 } | |
| 8888 if (curwin == old_curwin) | |
| 8889 # endif | |
| 8890 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8891 | |
| 1434 | 8892 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 8893 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ | |
| 8894 if (!pum_visible() | |
| 8895 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8896 || curwin != old_curwin | |
| 8897 # endif | |
| 8898 ) | |
| 8899 # endif | |
| 8900 { | |
| 8901 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) | |
| 8902 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); | |
| 8903 else | |
| 8904 scroll_redraw(up, 3L); | |
| 8905 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 8906 did_scroll = TRUE; | |
| 8907 # endif | |
| 8908 } | |
| 7 | 8909 |
| 8910 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 8911 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8912 | |
| 8913 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 8914 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; | |
| 8915 # endif | |
| 8916 | |
| 1434 | 8917 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 8918 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. | |
| 8919 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are | |
| 8920 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ | |
| 8921 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) | |
| 8922 { | |
| 8923 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); | |
| 8924 ins_compl_show_pum(); | |
| 8925 } | |
| 8926 # endif | |
| 8927 | |
| 7 | 8928 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) |
| 8929 { | |
| 8930 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 8931 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8932 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8933 # endif | |
| 8934 } | |
| 8935 } | |
| 8936 #endif | |
| 8937 | |
| 692 | 8938 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) |
| 724 | 8939 static void |
| 692 | 8940 ins_tabline(c) |
| 8941 int c; | |
| 8942 { | |
| 8943 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ | |
| 8944 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE | |
| 8945 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) | |
| 8946 { | |
| 8947 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8948 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 8949 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8950 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8951 # endif | |
| 8952 } | |
| 8953 | |
| 8954 if (c == K_TABLINE) | |
| 8955 goto_tabpage(current_tab); | |
| 8956 else | |
| 846 | 8957 { |
| 692 | 8958 handle_tabmenu(); |
| 846 | 8959 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ |
| 8960 } | |
| 692 | 8961 } |
| 8962 #endif | |
| 8963 | |
| 8964 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7 | 8965 void |
| 8966 ins_scroll() | |
| 8967 { | |
| 8968 pos_T tpos; | |
| 8969 | |
| 8970 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8971 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8972 if (gui_do_scroll()) | |
| 8973 { | |
| 8974 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 8975 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8976 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8977 # endif | |
| 8978 } | |
| 8979 } | |
| 8980 | |
| 8981 void | |
| 8982 ins_horscroll() | |
| 8983 { | |
| 8984 pos_T tpos; | |
| 8985 | |
| 8986 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 8987 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 8988 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll()) | |
| 8989 { | |
| 8990 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 8991 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 8992 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 8993 # endif | |
| 8994 } | |
| 8995 } | |
| 8996 #endif | |
| 8997 | |
| 8998 static void | |
| 8999 ins_left() | |
| 9000 { | |
| 9001 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9002 | |
| 9003 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9004 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9005 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9006 #endif | |
| 9007 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9008 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9009 if (oneleft() == OK) | |
| 9010 { | |
| 941 | 9011 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 9012 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will | |
| 9013 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ | |
| 9014 if (!im_is_preediting()) | |
| 9015 #endif | |
| 9016 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 7 | 9017 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9018 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ | |
| 9019 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) | |
| 9020 revins_legal++; | |
| 9021 revins_chars++; | |
| 9022 #endif | |
| 9023 } | |
| 9024 | |
| 9025 /* | |
| 9026 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to | |
| 9027 * previous line | |
| 9028 */ | |
| 9029 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9030 { | |
| 9031 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9032 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
| 9033 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9034 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ | |
| 9035 } | |
| 9036 else | |
| 9037 vim_beep(); | |
| 9038 } | |
| 9039 | |
| 9040 static void | |
| 9041 ins_home(c) | |
| 9042 int c; | |
| 9043 { | |
| 9044 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9045 | |
| 9046 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9047 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9048 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9049 #endif | |
| 9050 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9051 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9052 if (c == K_C_HOME) | |
| 9053 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; | |
| 9054 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9055 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9056 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
| 9057 #endif | |
| 9058 curwin->w_curswant = 0; | |
| 9059 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9060 } | |
| 9061 | |
| 9062 static void | |
| 9063 ins_end(c) | |
| 9064 int c; | |
| 9065 { | |
| 9066 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9067 | |
| 9068 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9069 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9070 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9071 #endif | |
| 9072 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9073 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9074 if (c == K_C_END) | |
| 9075 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 9076 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
| 9077 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; | |
| 9078 | |
| 9079 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9080 } | |
| 9081 | |
| 9082 static void | |
| 9083 ins_s_left() | |
| 9084 { | |
| 9085 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9086 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9087 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9088 #endif | |
| 9089 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9090 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9091 { | |
| 9092 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9093 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 9094 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9095 } | |
| 9096 else | |
| 9097 vim_beep(); | |
| 9098 } | |
| 9099 | |
| 9100 static void | |
| 9101 ins_right() | |
| 9102 { | |
| 9103 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9104 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9105 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9106 #endif | |
| 9107 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 1877 | 9108 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL |
| 9109 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9110 || virtual_active() | |
| 9111 #endif | |
| 7 | 9112 ) |
| 9113 { | |
| 9114 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9115 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9116 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 9117 if (virtual_active()) | |
| 9118 oneright(); | |
| 9119 else | |
| 9120 #endif | |
| 9121 { | |
| 9122 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9123 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 9124 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); |
| 7 | 9125 else |
| 9126 #endif | |
| 9127 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9128 } | |
| 9129 | |
| 9130 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9131 revins_legal++; | |
| 9132 if (revins_chars) | |
| 9133 revins_chars--; | |
| 9134 #endif | |
| 9135 } | |
| 9136 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the | |
| 9137 * cursor to the next line */ | |
| 9138 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL | |
| 9139 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9140 { | |
| 9141 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9142 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9143 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 9144 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
| 9145 } | |
| 9146 else | |
| 9147 vim_beep(); | |
| 9148 } | |
| 9149 | |
| 9150 static void | |
| 9151 ins_s_right() | |
| 9152 { | |
| 9153 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 9154 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) | |
| 9155 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9156 #endif | |
| 9157 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9158 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count | |
| 9159 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) | |
| 9160 { | |
| 9161 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9162 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); | |
| 9163 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
| 9164 } | |
| 9165 else | |
| 9166 vim_beep(); | |
| 9167 } | |
| 9168 | |
| 9169 static void | |
| 9170 ins_up(startcol) | |
| 9171 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9172 { | |
| 9173 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9174 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9175 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9176 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9177 #endif | |
| 9178 | |
| 9179 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9180 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9181 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9182 { | |
| 9183 if (startcol) | |
| 9184 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9185 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9186 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9187 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9188 #endif | |
| 9189 ) | |
| 9190 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9191 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9192 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9193 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9194 #endif | |
| 9195 } | |
| 9196 else | |
| 9197 vim_beep(); | |
| 9198 } | |
| 9199 | |
| 9200 static void | |
| 9201 ins_pageup() | |
| 9202 { | |
| 9203 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9204 | |
| 9205 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9206 |
| 9207 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9208 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9209 { | |
| 9210 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ | |
| 1013 | 9211 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9212 { | |
| 9213 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9214 goto_tabpage(-1); | |
| 9215 } | |
| 828 | 9216 return; |
| 9217 } | |
| 9218 #endif | |
| 9219 | |
| 7 | 9220 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9221 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9222 { | |
| 9223 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9224 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9225 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9226 #endif | |
| 9227 } | |
| 9228 else | |
| 9229 vim_beep(); | |
| 9230 } | |
| 9231 | |
| 9232 static void | |
| 9233 ins_down(startcol) | |
| 9234 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ | |
| 9235 { | |
| 9236 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9237 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
| 9238 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9239 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; | |
| 9240 #endif | |
| 9241 | |
| 9242 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9243 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9244 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) | |
| 9245 { | |
| 9246 if (startcol) | |
| 9247 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); | |
| 9248 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline | |
| 9249 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 9250 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill | |
| 9251 #endif | |
| 9252 ) | |
| 9253 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9254 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9255 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9256 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9257 #endif | |
| 9258 } | |
| 9259 else | |
| 9260 vim_beep(); | |
| 9261 } | |
| 9262 | |
| 9263 static void | |
| 9264 ins_pagedown() | |
| 9265 { | |
| 9266 pos_T tpos; | |
| 9267 | |
| 9268 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 828 | 9269 |
| 9270 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9271 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 9272 { | |
| 9273 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ | |
| 1013 | 9274 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) |
| 9275 { | |
| 9276 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9277 goto_tabpage(0); | |
| 9278 } | |
| 828 | 9279 return; |
| 9280 } | |
| 9281 #endif | |
| 9282 | |
| 7 | 9283 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; |
| 9284 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) | |
| 9285 { | |
| 9286 start_arrow(&tpos); | |
| 9287 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9288 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9289 #endif | |
| 9290 } | |
| 9291 else | |
| 9292 vim_beep(); | |
| 9293 } | |
| 9294 | |
| 9295 #ifdef FEAT_DND | |
| 9296 static void | |
| 9297 ins_drop() | |
| 9298 { | |
| 9299 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); | |
| 9300 } | |
| 9301 #endif | |
| 9302 | |
| 9303 /* | |
| 9304 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. | |
| 9305 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. | |
| 9306 */ | |
| 9307 static int | |
| 9308 ins_tab() | |
| 9309 { | |
| 9310 int ind; | |
| 9311 int i; | |
| 9312 int temp; | |
| 9313 | |
| 9314 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) | |
| 9315 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); | |
| 9316 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9317 return FALSE; | |
| 9318 | |
| 9319 ind = inindent(0); | |
| 9320 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9321 if (ind) | |
| 9322 can_cindent = FALSE; | |
| 9323 #endif | |
| 9324 | |
| 9325 /* | |
| 9326 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character | |
| 9327 */ | |
| 9328 if (!curbuf->b_p_et | |
| 9329 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) | |
| 9330 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) | |
| 9331 return TRUE; | |
| 9332 | |
| 9333 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9334 return TRUE; | |
| 9335 | |
| 9336 did_ai = FALSE; | |
| 9337 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT | |
| 9338 did_si = FALSE; | |
| 9339 can_si = FALSE; | |
| 9340 can_si_back = FALSE; | |
| 9341 #endif | |
| 9342 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); | |
| 9343 | |
| 9344 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ | |
| 9345 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; | |
| 9346 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ | |
| 9347 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; | |
| 9348 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ | |
| 9349 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
| 9350 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; | |
| 9351 | |
| 9352 /* | |
| 9353 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in | |
| 9354 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any | |
| 9355 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. | |
| 9356 */ | |
| 9357 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9358 while (--temp > 0) | |
| 9359 { | |
| 9360 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9361 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9362 ins_char(' '); | |
| 9363 else | |
| 9364 #endif | |
| 9365 { | |
| 9366 ins_str((char_u *)" "); | |
| 9367 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ | |
| 9368 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9369 } | |
| 9370 } | |
| 9371 | |
| 9372 /* | |
| 9373 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. | |
| 9374 */ | |
| 9375 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) | |
| 9376 { | |
| 9377 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9378 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9379 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 9380 pos_T pos; | |
| 9381 #endif | |
| 9382 pos_T fpos; | |
| 9383 pos_T *cursor; | |
| 9384 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; | |
| 9385 int change_col = -1; | |
| 9386 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
| 9387 | |
| 9388 /* | |
| 9389 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes | |
| 9390 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. | |
| 9391 */ | |
| 9392 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9393 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9394 { | |
| 9395 pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9396 cursor = &pos; | |
| 9397 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); | |
| 9398 if (saved_line == NULL) | |
| 9399 return FALSE; | |
| 9400 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; | |
| 9401 } | |
| 9402 else | |
| 9403 #endif | |
| 9404 { | |
| 9405 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); | |
| 9406 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9407 } | |
| 9408 | |
| 9409 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ | |
| 9410 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9411 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 9412 | |
| 9413 /* Find first white before the cursor */ | |
| 9414 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9415 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) | |
| 9416 { | |
| 9417 --fpos.col; | |
| 9418 --ptr; | |
| 9419 } | |
| 9420 | |
| 9421 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ | |
| 9422 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9423 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum | |
| 9424 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9425 { | |
| 9426 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; | |
| 9427 fpos.col = Insstart.col; | |
| 9428 } | |
| 9429 | |
| 9430 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ | |
| 9431 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9432 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 9433 | |
| 9434 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and | |
| 9435 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ | |
| 9436 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) | |
| 9437 { | |
| 9438 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); | |
| 9439 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) | |
| 9440 break; | |
| 9441 if (*ptr != TAB) | |
| 9442 { | |
| 9443 *ptr = TAB; | |
| 9444 if (change_col < 0) | |
| 9445 { | |
| 9446 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ | |
| 9447 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ | |
| 9448 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) | |
| 9449 Insstart.col = fpos.col; | |
| 9450 } | |
| 9451 } | |
| 9452 ++fpos.col; | |
| 9453 ++ptr; | |
| 9454 vcol += i; | |
| 9455 } | |
| 9456 | |
| 9457 if (change_col >= 0) | |
| 9458 { | |
| 9459 int repl_off = 0; | |
| 9460 | |
| 9461 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ | |
| 9462 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') | |
| 9463 { | |
| 9464 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); | |
| 9465 ++ptr; | |
| 9466 ++repl_off; | |
| 9467 } | |
| 9468 if (vcol > want_vcol) | |
| 9469 { | |
| 9470 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ | |
| 9471 --ptr; | |
| 9472 --repl_off; | |
| 9473 } | |
| 9474 fpos.col += repl_off; | |
| 9475 | |
| 9476 /* Delete following spaces. */ | |
| 9477 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; | |
| 9478 if (i > 0) | |
| 9479 { | |
| 1622 | 9480 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); |
| 7 | 9481 /* correct replace stack. */ |
| 9482 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9483 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9484 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9485 #endif | |
| 9486 ) | |
| 9487 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) | |
| 9488 replace_join(repl_off); | |
| 9489 } | |
| 33 | 9490 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG |
| 2210 | 9491 if (netbeans_active()) |
| 33 | 9492 { |
|
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
9493 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); |
| 33 | 9494 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, |
| 9495 (char_u *)"\t", 1); | |
| 9496 } | |
| 9497 #endif | |
| 7 | 9498 cursor->col -= i; |
| 9499 | |
| 9500 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9501 /* | |
| 9502 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by | |
| 9503 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new | |
| 9504 * spacing. | |
| 9505 */ | |
| 9506 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9507 { | |
| 9508 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ | |
| 9509 backspace_until_column(change_col); | |
| 9510 | |
| 9511 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to | |
| 9512 * ptr-cursor */ | |
| 9513 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, | |
| 9514 cursor->col - change_col); | |
| 9515 } | |
| 9516 #endif | |
| 9517 } | |
| 9518 | |
| 9519 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9520 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9521 vim_free(saved_line); | |
| 9522 #endif | |
| 9523 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; | |
| 9524 } | |
| 9525 | |
| 9526 return FALSE; | |
| 9527 } | |
| 9528 | |
| 9529 /* | |
| 9530 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. | |
| 9531 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. | |
| 9532 */ | |
| 9533 static int | |
| 9534 ins_eol(c) | |
| 9535 int c; | |
| 9536 { | |
| 9537 int i; | |
| 9538 | |
| 9539 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) | |
| 9540 return FALSE; | |
| 9541 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) | |
| 9542 return TRUE; | |
| 9543 undisplay_dollar(); | |
| 9544 | |
| 9545 /* | |
| 9546 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the | |
| 9547 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, | |
| 9548 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. | |
| 9549 */ | |
| 9550 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9551 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9552 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9553 #endif | |
| 9554 ) | |
| 9555 replace_push(NUL); | |
| 9556 | |
| 9557 /* | |
| 9558 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts | |
| 9559 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the | |
| 9560 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done | |
| 9561 * in open_line(). | |
| 9562 */ | |
| 9563 | |
| 844 | 9564 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT |
| 9565 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after | |
| 9566 * CTRL-O). */ | |
| 9567 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) | |
| 9568 coladvance(getviscol()); | |
| 9569 #endif | |
| 9570 | |
| 7 | 9571 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 9572 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9573 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) | |
| 9574 fkmap(NL); | |
| 9575 # endif | |
| 9576 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of | |
| 9577 * current line. */ | |
| 9578 if (revins_on) | |
| 9579 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); | |
| 9580 #endif | |
| 9581 | |
| 9582 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); | |
| 9583 i = open_line(FORWARD, | |
| 9584 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS | |
| 9585 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : | |
| 9586 #endif | |
| 9587 0, old_indent); | |
| 9588 old_indent = 0; | |
| 9589 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT | |
| 9590 can_cindent = TRUE; | |
| 9591 #endif | |
| 1032 | 9592 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 9593 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ | |
| 9594 foldOpenCursor(); | |
| 9595 #endif | |
| 7 | 9596 |
| 9597 return (!i); | |
| 9598 } | |
| 9599 | |
| 9600 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS | |
| 9601 /* | |
| 9602 * Handle digraph in insert mode. | |
| 9603 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be | |
| 9604 * done. | |
| 9605 */ | |
| 9606 static int | |
| 9607 ins_digraph() | |
| 9608 { | |
| 9609 int c; | |
| 9610 int cc; | |
| 9611 | |
| 9612 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; | |
| 9613 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9614 { | |
| 9615 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9616 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9617 |
| 9618 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); | |
| 9619 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9620 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); | |
| 9621 #endif | |
| 9622 } | |
| 9623 | |
| 9624 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
| 9625 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ | |
| 9626 #endif | |
| 9627 | |
| 9628 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the | |
| 9629 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ | |
| 9630 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9631 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9632 c = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9633 --no_mapping; |
| 9634 --allow_keys; | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9635 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start |
|
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9636 of the next line and will not be redrawn */ |
|
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9637 |
| 7 | 9638 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ |
| 9639 { | |
| 9640 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9641 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9642 #endif | |
| 9643 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9644 return NUL; | |
| 9645 } | |
| 9646 if (c != ESC) | |
| 9647 { | |
| 9648 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) | |
| 9649 { | |
| 9650 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ | |
| 661 | 9651 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9652 |
| 9653 if (char2cells(c) == 1) | |
| 9654 { | |
| 9655 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing | |
| 9656 * an ESC next */ | |
| 9657 edit_unputchar(); | |
| 661 | 9658 ins_redraw(FALSE); |
| 7 | 9659 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); |
| 9660 } | |
| 9661 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9662 add_to_showcmd_c(c); | |
| 9663 #endif | |
| 9664 } | |
| 9665 ++no_mapping; | |
| 9666 ++allow_keys; | |
| 1389 | 9667 cc = plain_vgetc(); |
| 7 | 9668 --no_mapping; |
| 9669 --allow_keys; | |
|
2319
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9670 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the |
|
c79ccf947487
Fix: When entering a digraph or special character after a line that fits the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2297
diff
changeset
|
9671 start of the next line and will not be redrawn */ |
| 7 | 9672 if (cc != ESC) |
| 9673 { | |
| 9674 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); | |
| 9675 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); | |
| 9676 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9677 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9678 #endif | |
| 9679 return c; | |
| 9680 } | |
| 9681 } | |
| 9682 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9683 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9684 #endif | |
| 9685 return NUL; | |
| 9686 } | |
| 9687 #endif | |
| 9688 | |
| 9689 /* | |
| 9690 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. | |
| 9691 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. | |
| 9692 */ | |
| 9693 static int | |
| 9694 ins_copychar(lnum) | |
| 9695 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 9696 { | |
| 9697 int c; | |
| 9698 int temp; | |
| 9699 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; | |
| 9700 | |
| 9701 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9702 { | |
| 9703 vim_beep(); | |
| 9704 return NUL; | |
| 9705 } | |
| 9706 | |
| 9707 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ | |
| 9708 temp = 0; | |
| 9709 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
| 9710 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9711 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9712 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9713 { | |
| 9714 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 9715 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); | |
| 9716 } | |
| 9717 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) | |
| 9718 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 9719 | |
| 9720 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 9721 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); | |
| 9722 #else | |
| 9723 c = *ptr; | |
| 9724 #endif | |
| 9725 if (c == NUL) | |
| 9726 vim_beep(); | |
| 9727 return c; | |
| 9728 } | |
| 9729 | |
| 449 | 9730 /* |
| 9731 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. | |
| 9732 */ | |
| 9733 static int | |
| 9734 ins_ctrl_ey(tc) | |
| 9735 int tc; | |
| 9736 { | |
| 9737 int c = tc; | |
| 9738 | |
| 9739 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9740 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) | |
| 9741 { | |
| 9742 if (c == Ctrl_Y) | |
| 9743 scrolldown_clamp(); | |
| 9744 else | |
| 9745 scrollup_clamp(); | |
| 9746 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 9747 } | |
| 9748 else | |
| 9749 #endif | |
| 9750 { | |
| 9751 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); | |
| 9752 if (c != NUL) | |
| 9753 { | |
| 9754 long tw_save; | |
| 9755 | |
| 9756 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it | |
| 9757 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' | |
| 9758 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a | |
| 9759 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ | |
| 9760 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) | |
| 9761 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ | |
| 9762 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
| 9763 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; | |
| 9764 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); | |
| 9765 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; | |
| 9766 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9767 revins_chars++; | |
| 9768 revins_legal++; | |
| 9769 #endif | |
| 9770 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ | |
| 9771 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); | |
| 9772 } | |
| 9773 } | |
| 9774 return c; | |
| 9775 } | |
| 9776 | |
| 7 | 9777 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT |
| 9778 /* | |
| 9779 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. | |
| 9780 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. | |
| 9781 */ | |
| 9782 static void | |
| 9783 ins_try_si(c) | |
| 9784 int c; | |
| 9785 { | |
| 9786 pos_T *pos, old_pos; | |
| 9787 char_u *ptr; | |
| 9788 int i; | |
| 9789 int temp; | |
| 9790 | |
| 9791 /* | |
| 9792 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' | |
| 9793 */ | |
| 9794 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) | |
| 9795 { | |
| 9796 /* | |
| 9797 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' | |
| 9798 */ | |
| 9799 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) | |
| 9800 { | |
| 9801 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9802 /* | |
| 9803 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring | |
| 9804 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line | |
| 9805 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the | |
| 9806 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple | |
| 9807 * lines -- webb | |
| 9808 */ | |
| 9809 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); | |
| 9810 i = pos->col; | |
| 9811 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ | |
| 9812 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) | |
| 9813 ; | |
| 9814 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; | |
| 9815 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; | |
| 9816 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) | |
| 9817 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; | |
| 9818 i = get_indent(); | |
| 9819 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 9820 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9821 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 1516 | 9822 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); |
| 7 | 9823 else |
| 9824 #endif | |
| 9825 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 9826 } | |
| 9827 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) | |
| 9828 { | |
| 9829 /* | |
| 9830 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not | |
| 9831 * more than indent of previous line | |
| 9832 */ | |
| 9833 temp = TRUE; | |
| 9834 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9835 { | |
| 9836 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 9837 i = get_indent(); | |
| 9838 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) | |
| 9839 { | |
| 9840 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); | |
| 9841 | |
| 9842 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ | |
| 9843 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 9844 break; | |
| 9845 } | |
| 9846 if (get_indent() >= i) | |
| 9847 temp = FALSE; | |
| 9848 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; | |
| 9849 } | |
| 9850 if (temp) | |
| 1516 | 9851 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); |
| 7 | 9852 } |
| 9853 } | |
| 9854 | |
| 9855 /* | |
| 9856 * set indent of '#' always to 0 | |
| 9857 */ | |
| 9858 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') | |
| 9859 { | |
| 9860 /* remember current indent for next line */ | |
| 9861 old_indent = get_indent(); | |
| 9862 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); | |
| 9863 } | |
| 9864 | |
| 9865 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ | |
| 9866 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) | |
| 9867 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
| 9868 } | |
| 9869 #endif | |
| 9870 | |
| 9871 /* | |
| 9872 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. | |
| 9873 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. | |
| 9874 */ | |
| 9875 static colnr_T | |
| 9876 get_nolist_virtcol() | |
| 9877 { | |
| 9878 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) | |
| 9879 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); | |
| 9880 validate_virtcol(); | |
| 9881 return curwin->w_virtcol; | |
| 9882 } |